Commit Graph

4011 Commits

Author SHA1 Message Date
David S. Miller
c753796769 ipv4: Make rt->fl.iif tests lest obscure.
When we test rt->fl.iif against zero, we're seeing if it's
an output or an input route.

Make that explicit with some helper functions.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-11-11 17:07:48 -08:00
Eric Dumazet
72cdd1d971 net: get rid of rtable->idev
It seems idev field in struct rtable has no special purpose, but adding
extra atomic ops.

We hold refcounts on the device itself (using percpu data, so pretty
cheap in current kernel).

infiniband case is solved using dst.dev instead of idev->dev

Removal of this field means routing without route cache is now using
shared data, percpu data, and only potential contention is a pair of
atomic ops on struct neighbour per forwarded packet.

About 5% speedup on routing test.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Cc: Roland Dreier <rolandd@cisco.com>
Cc: Sean Hefty <sean.hefty@intel.com>
Cc: Hal Rosenstock <hal.rosenstock@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-11-11 10:29:40 -08:00
Eric Dumazet
46b13fc5c0 neigh: reorder struct neighbour
It is important to move nud_state outside of the often modified cache
line (because of refcnt), to reduce false sharing in neigh_event_send()

This is a followup of commit 0ed8ddf404 (neigh: Protect neigh->ha[]
with a seqlock)

This gives a 7% speedup on routing test with IP route cache disabled.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-11-11 10:29:40 -08:00
Eric Dumazet
8d987e5c75 net: avoid limits overflow
Robin Holt tried to boot a 16TB machine and found some limits were
reached : sysctl_tcp_mem[2], sysctl_udp_mem[2]

We can switch infrastructure to use long "instead" of "int", now
atomic_long_t primitives are available for free.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Robin Holt <holt@sgi.com>
Reviewed-by: Robin Holt <holt@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-11-10 12:12:00 -08:00
Eric Dumazet
fc766e4c49 decnet: RCU conversion and get rid of dev_base_lock
While tracking dev_base_lock users, I found decnet used it in
dnet_select_source(), but for a wrong purpose:

Writers only hold RTNL, not dev_base_lock, so readers must use RCU if
they cannot use RTNL.

Adds an rcu_head in struct dn_ifaddr and handle proper RCU management.

Adds __rcu annotation in dn_route as well.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Steven Whitehouse <swhiteho@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-11-08 13:50:08 -08:00
David S. Miller
d0eaeec8e8 Merge branch 'master' of master.kernel.org:/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6 2010-11-08 12:38:28 -08:00
Paul Mundt
43b81f85eb net dst: need linux/cache.h for ____cacheline_aligned_in_smp.
Presently the b43legacy build fails on an sh randconfig:

In file included from include/net/dst.h:12,
                 from drivers/net/wireless/b43legacy/xmit.c:32:
include/net/dst_ops.h:28: error: expected ':', ',', ';', '}' or '__attribute__' before '____cacheline_aligned_in_smp'
include/net/dst_ops.h: In function 'dst_entries_get_fast':
include/net/dst_ops.h:33: error: 'struct dst_ops' has no member named 'pcpuc_entries'
include/net/dst_ops.h: In function 'dst_entries_get_slow':
include/net/dst_ops.h:41: error: 'struct dst_ops' has no member named 'pcpuc_entries'
include/net/dst_ops.h: In function 'dst_entries_add':
include/net/dst_ops.h:49: error: 'struct dst_ops' has no member named 'pcpuc_entries'
include/net/dst_ops.h: In function 'dst_entries_init':
include/net/dst_ops.h:55: error: 'struct dst_ops' has no member named 'pcpuc_entries'
include/net/dst_ops.h: In function 'dst_entries_destroy':
include/net/dst_ops.h:60: error: 'struct dst_ops' has no member named 'pcpuc_entries'
make[5]: *** [drivers/net/wireless/b43legacy/xmit.o] Error 1
make[5]: *** Waiting for unfinished jobs....

Signed-off-by: Paul Mundt <lethal@linux-sh.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-11-07 19:58:05 -08:00
Linus Torvalds
4b4a2700f4 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (41 commits)
  inet_diag: Make sure we actually run the same bytecode we audited.
  netlink: Make nlmsg_find_attr take a const nlmsghdr*.
  fib: fib_result_assign() should not change fib refcounts
  netfilter: ip6_tables: fix information leak to userspace
  cls_cgroup: Fix crash on module unload
  memory corruption in X.25 facilities parsing
  net dst: fix percpu_counter list corruption and poison overwritten
  rds: Remove kfreed tcp conn from list
  rds: Lost locking in loop connection freeing
  de2104x: fix panic on load
  atl1 : fix panic on load
  netxen: remove unused firmware exports
  caif: Remove noisy printout when disconnecting caif socket
  caif: SPI-driver bugfix - incorrect padding.
  caif: Bugfix for socket priority, bindtodev and dbg channel.
  smsc911x: Set Ethernet EEPROM size to supported device's size
  ipv4: netfilter: ip_tables: fix information leak to userland
  ipv4: netfilter: arp_tables: fix information leak to userland
  cxgb4vf: remove call to stop TX queues at load time.
  cxgb4: remove call to stop TX queues at load time.
  ...
2010-11-05 15:25:48 -07:00
Nelson Elhage
6b8c92ba07 netlink: Make nlmsg_find_attr take a const nlmsghdr*.
This will let us use it on a nlmsghdr stored inside a netlink_callback.

Signed-off-by: Nelson Elhage <nelhage@ksplice.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-11-04 12:26:34 -07:00
Sjur Brændeland
2c24a5d1b4 caif: SPI-driver bugfix - incorrect padding.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Braendeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-11-03 18:50:03 -07:00
André Carvalho de Matos
f2527ec436 caif: Bugfix for socket priority, bindtodev and dbg channel.
Changes:
o Bugfix: SO_PRIORITY for SOL_SOCKET could not be handled
  in caif's setsockopt,  using the struct sock attribute priority instead.

o Bugfix: SO_BINDTODEVICE for SOL_SOCKET could not be handled
  in caif's setsockopt,  using the struct sock attribute ifindex instead.

o Wrong assert statement for RFM layer segmentation.

o CAIF Debug channels was not working over SPI, caif_payload_info
  containing padding info must be initialized.

o Check on pointer before dereferencing when unregister dev in caif_dev.c

Signed-off-by: Sjur Braendeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-11-03 18:50:03 -07:00
Uwe Kleine-König
b595076a18 tree-wide: fix comment/printk typos
"gadget", "through", "command", "maintain", "maintain", "controller", "address",
"between", "initiali[zs]e", "instead", "function", "select", "already",
"equal", "access", "management", "hierarchy", "registration", "interest",
"relative", "memory", "offset", "already",

Signed-off-by: Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
2010-11-01 15:38:34 -04:00
Linus Torvalds
1840897ab5 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (34 commits)
  b43: Fix warning at drivers/mmc/core/core.c:237 in mmc_wait_for_cmd
  mac80211: fix failure to check kmalloc return value in key_key_read
  libertas: Fix sd8686 firmware reload
  ath9k: Fix incorrect access of rate flags in RC
  netfilter: xt_socket: Make tproto signed in socket_mt6_v1().
  stmmac: enable/disable rx/tx in the core with a single write.
  net: atarilance - flags should be unsigned long
  netxen: fix kdump
  pktgen: Limit how much data we copy onto the stack.
  net: Limit socket I/O iovec total length to INT_MAX.
  USB: gadget: fix ethernet gadget crash in gether_setup
  fib: Fix fib zone and its hash leak on namespace stop
  cxgb3: Fix panic in free_tx_desc()
  cxgb3: fix crash due to manipulating queues before registration
  8390: Don't oops on starting dev queue
  dccp ccid-2: Stop polling
  dccp: Refine the wait-for-ccid mechanism
  dccp: Extend CCID packet dequeueing interface
  dccp: Return-value convention of hc_tx_send_packet()
  igbvf: fix panic on load
  ...
2010-10-29 14:17:12 -07:00
Pavel Emelyanov
4aa2c466a7 fib: Fix fib zone and its hash leak on namespace stop
When we stop a namespace we flush the table and free one, but the
added fn_zone-s (and their hashes if grown) are leaked. Need to free.
Tries releases all its stuff in the flushing code.

Shame on us - this bug exists since the very first make-fib-per-net
patches in 2.6.27 :(

Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-10-28 10:27:03 -07:00
Venkateswararao Jujjuri (JV)
b165d60145 9p: Add datasync to client side TFSYNC/RFSYNC for dotl
SYNOPSIS
    size[4] Tfsync tag[2] fid[4] datasync[4]

    size[4] Rfsync tag[2]

DESCRIPTION

    The Tfsync transaction transfers ("flushes") all modified in-core data of
    file identified by fid to the disk device (or other  permanent  storage
    device)  where that  file  resides.

    If datasync flag is specified data will be fleshed but does not flush
    modified metadata unless  that  metadata  is  needed  in order to allow a
    subsequent data retrieval to be correctly handled.

Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
2010-10-28 09:08:49 -05:00
M. Mohan Kumar
329176cc2c 9p: Implement TREADLINK operation for 9p2000.L
Synopsis

	size[4] TReadlink tag[2] fid[4]
	size[4] RReadlink tag[2] target[s]

Description
	Readlink is used to return the contents of the symoblic link
        referred by fid. Contents of symboic link is returned as a
        response.

	target[s] - Contents of the symbolic link referred by fid.

Signed-off-by: M. Mohan Kumar <mohan@in.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
2010-10-28 09:08:48 -05:00
M. Mohan Kumar
1d769cd192 9p: Implement TGETLOCK
Synopsis

    size[4] TGetlock tag[2] fid[4] getlock[n]
    size[4] RGetlock tag[2] getlock[n]

Description

TGetlock is used to test for the existence of byte range posix locks on a file
identified by given fid. The reply contains getlock structure. If the lock could
be placed it returns F_UNLCK in type field of getlock structure.  Otherwise it
returns the details of the conflicting locks in the getlock structure

    getlock structure:
      type[1] - Type of lock: F_RDLCK, F_WRLCK
      start[8] - Starting offset for lock
      length[8] - Number of bytes to check for the lock
             If length is 0, check for lock in all bytes starting at the location
            'start' through to the end of file
      pid[4] - PID of the process that wants to take lock/owns the task
               in case of reply
      client[4] - Client id of the system that owns the process which
                  has the conflicting lock

Signed-off-by: M. Mohan Kumar <mohan@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
2010-10-28 09:08:47 -05:00
M. Mohan Kumar
a099027c77 9p: Implement TLOCK
Synopsis

    size[4] TLock tag[2] fid[4] flock[n]
    size[4] RLock tag[2] status[1]

Description

Tlock is used to acquire/release byte range posix locks on a file
identified by given fid. The reply contains status of the lock request

    flock structure:
        type[1] - Type of lock: F_RDLCK, F_WRLCK, F_UNLCK
        flags[4] - Flags could be either of
          P9_LOCK_FLAGS_BLOCK - Blocked lock request, if there is a
            conflicting lock exists, wait for that lock to be released.
          P9_LOCK_FLAGS_RECLAIM - Reclaim lock request, used when client is
            trying to reclaim a lock after a server restrart (due to crash)
        start[8] - Starting offset for lock
        length[8] - Number of bytes to lock
          If length is 0, lock all bytes starting at the location 'start'
          through to the end of file
        pid[4] - PID of the process that wants to take lock
        client_id[4] - Unique client id

        status[1] - Status of the lock request, can be
          P9_LOCK_SUCCESS(0), P9_LOCK_BLOCKED(1), P9_LOCK_ERROR(2) or
          P9_LOCK_GRACE(3)
          P9_LOCK_SUCCESS - Request was successful
          P9_LOCK_BLOCKED - A conflicting lock is held by another process
          P9_LOCK_ERROR - Error while processing the lock request
          P9_LOCK_GRACE - Server is in grace period, it can't accept new lock
            requests in this period (except locks with
            P9_LOCK_FLAGS_RECLAIM flag set)

Signed-off-by: M. Mohan Kumar <mohan@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
2010-10-28 09:08:47 -05:00
Venkateswararao Jujjuri (JV)
920e65dc69 [9p] Introduce client side TFSYNC/RFSYNC for dotl.
SYNOPSIS
    size[4] Tfsync tag[2] fid[4]

    size[4] Rfsync tag[2]

DESCRIPTION

The Tfsync transaction transfers ("flushes") all modified in-core data of
file identified by fid to the disk device (or other  permanent  storage
device)  where that  file  resides.

Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
2010-10-28 09:08:47 -05:00
Arun R Bharadwaj
4f7ebe8072 net/9p: This patch implements TLERROR/RLERROR on the 9P client.
Signed-off-by: Arun R Bharadwaj <arun@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
2010-10-28 09:08:45 -05:00
Amarnath Revanna
a10c02036f caif-u5500: Adding shared memory include
Signed-off-by: Sjur Braendeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-10-27 12:29:51 -07:00
Eric Dumazet
b914c4ea92 inetpeer: __rcu annotations
Adds __rcu annotations to inetpeer
	(struct inet_peer)->avl_left
	(struct inet_peer)->avl_right

This is a tedious cleanup, but removes one smp_wmb() from link_to_pool()
since we now use more self documenting rcu_assign_pointer().

Note the use of RCU_INIT_POINTER() instead of rcu_assign_pointer() in
all cases we dont need a memory barrier.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-10-27 11:37:33 -07:00
Eric Dumazet
7a2b03c517 fib_rules: __rcu annotates ctarget
Adds __rcu annotation to (struct fib_rule)->ctarget

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-10-27 11:37:32 -07:00
Eric Dumazet
b33eab0844 tunnels: add __rcu annotations
Add __rcu annotations to :
        (struct ip_tunnel)->prl
        (struct ip_tunnel_prl_entry)->next
        (struct xfrm_tunnel)->next
	struct xfrm_tunnel *tunnel4_handlers
	struct xfrm_tunnel *tunnel64_handlers

And use appropriate rcu primitives to reduce sparse warnings if
CONFIG_SPARSE_RCU_POINTER=y

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-10-27 11:37:32 -07:00
Eric Dumazet
e0ad61ec86 net: add __rcu annotations to protocol
Add __rcu annotations to :
        struct net_protocol *inet_protos
        struct net_protocol *inet6_protos

And use appropriate casts to reduce sparse warnings if
CONFIG_SPARSE_RCU_POINTER=y

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-10-27 11:37:31 -07:00
Eric Dumazet
1c31720a74 ipv4: add __rcu annotations to routes.c
Add __rcu annotations to :
        (struct dst_entry)->rt_next
        (struct rt_hash_bucket)->chain

And use appropriate rcu primitives to reduce sparse warnings if
CONFIG_SPARSE_RCU_POINTER=y

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-10-27 11:37:31 -07:00
Eric Dumazet
43a951e999 ipv4: add __rcu annotations to ip_ra_chain
Add __rcu annotations to :
        (struct ip_ra_chain)->next
	struct ip_ra_chain *ip_ra_chain;

And use appropriate rcu primitives.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-10-25 14:18:28 -07:00
Eric Dumazet
0d7da9ddd9 net: add __rcu annotation to sk_filter
Add __rcu annotation to :
        (struct sock)->sk_filter

And use appropriate rcu primitives to reduce sparse warnings if
CONFIG_SPARSE_RCU_POINTER=y

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-10-25 14:18:28 -07:00
Eric Dumazet
1c87733d06 net_ns: add __rcu annotations
add __rcu annotation to (struct net)->gen, and use
rcu_dereference_protected() in net_assign_generic()

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-10-25 14:18:27 -07:00
Eric Dumazet
6f0bcf1525 tunnels: add _rcu annotations
(struct ip6_tnl)->next is rcu protected :
(struct ip_tunnel)->next is rcu protected :
(struct xfrm6_tunnel)->next is rcu protected :

add __rcu annotation and proper rcu primitives.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-10-25 13:09:45 -07:00
Eric Dumazet
3cc77ec74e net/802: add __rcu annotations
(struct net_device)->garp_port is rcu protected :
(struct garp_port)->applicants is rcu protected :

add __rcu annotation and proper rcu primitives.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-10-25 13:09:44 -07:00
Linus Torvalds
5f05647dd8 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next-2.6
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next-2.6: (1699 commits)
  bnx2/bnx2x: Unsupported Ethtool operations should return -EINVAL.
  vlan: Calling vlan_hwaccel_do_receive() is always valid.
  tproxy: use the interface primary IP address as a default value for --on-ip
  tproxy: added IPv6 support to the socket match
  cxgb3: function namespace cleanup
  tproxy: added IPv6 support to the TPROXY target
  tproxy: added IPv6 socket lookup function to nf_tproxy_core
  be2net: Changes to use only priority codes allowed by f/w
  tproxy: allow non-local binds of IPv6 sockets if IP_TRANSPARENT is enabled
  tproxy: added tproxy sockopt interface in the IPV6 layer
  tproxy: added udp6_lib_lookup function
  tproxy: added const specifiers to udp lookup functions
  tproxy: split off ipv6 defragmentation to a separate module
  l2tp: small cleanup
  nf_nat: restrict ICMP translation for embedded header
  can: mcp251x: fix generation of error frames
  can: mcp251x: fix endless loop in interrupt handler if CANINTF_MERRF is set
  can-raw: add msg_flags to distinguish local traffic
  9p: client code cleanup
  rds: make local functions/variables static
  ...

Fix up conflicts in net/core/dev.c, drivers/net/pcmcia/smc91c92_cs.c and
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath9k/debug.c as per David
2010-10-23 11:47:02 -07:00
Linus Torvalds
888a6f77e0 Merge branch 'core-rcu-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/linux-2.6-tip
* 'core-rcu-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/linux-2.6-tip: (52 commits)
  sched: fix RCU lockdep splat from task_group()
  rcu: using ACCESS_ONCE() to observe the jiffies_stall/rnp->qsmask value
  sched: suppress RCU lockdep splat in task_fork_fair
  net: suppress RCU lockdep false positive in sock_update_classid
  rcu: move check from rcu_dereference_bh to rcu_read_lock_bh_held
  rcu: Add advice to PROVE_RCU_REPEATEDLY kernel config parameter
  rcu: Add tracing data to support queueing models
  rcu: fix sparse errors in rcutorture.c
  rcu: only one evaluation of arg in rcu_dereference_check() unless sparse
  kernel: Remove undead ifdef CONFIG_DEBUG_LOCK_ALLOC
  rcu: fix _oddness handling of verbose stall warnings
  rcu: performance fixes to TINY_PREEMPT_RCU callback checking
  rcu: upgrade stallwarn.txt documentation for CPU-bound RT processes
  vhost: add __rcu annotations
  rcu: add comment stating that list_empty() applies to RCU-protected lists
  rcu: apply TINY_PREEMPT_RCU read-side speedup to TREE_PREEMPT_RCU
  rcu: combine duplicate code, courtesy of CONFIG_PREEMPT_RCU
  rcu: Upgrade srcu_read_lock() docbook about SRCU grace periods
  rcu: document ways of stalling updates in low-memory situations
  rcu: repair code-duplication FIXMEs
  ...
2010-10-21 12:54:12 -07:00
David S. Miller
9941fb6276 Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kaber/nf-next-2.6 2010-10-21 08:21:34 -07:00
Patrick McHardy
3b1a1ce6f4 Merge branch 'for-patrick' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/horms/lvs-test-2.6 2010-10-21 16:25:51 +02:00
Balazs Scheidler
3b9afb2991 tproxy: added IPv6 socket lookup function to nf_tproxy_core
Signed-off-by: Balazs Scheidler <bazsi@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
2010-10-21 16:12:14 +02:00
Balazs Scheidler
aa976fc011 tproxy: added udp6_lib_lookup function
Just like with IPv4, we need access to the UDP hash table to look up local
sockets, but instead of exporting the global udp_table, export a lookup
function.

Signed-off-by: Balazs Scheidler <bazsi@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
2010-10-21 16:05:41 +02:00
Balazs Scheidler
e97c3e278e tproxy: split off ipv6 defragmentation to a separate module
Like with IPv4, TProxy needs IPv6 defragmentation but does not
require connection tracking. Since defragmentation was coupled
with conntrack, I split off the two, creating an nf_defrag_ipv6 module,
similar to the already existing nf_defrag_ipv4.

Signed-off-by: Balazs Scheidler <bazsi@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
2010-10-21 16:03:43 +02:00
stephen hemminger
32a875adcd 9p: client code cleanup
Make p9_client_version static since only used in one file.
Remove p9_client_auth because it is defined but never used.
Compile tested only.

Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-10-21 04:26:39 -07:00
Balazs Scheidler
093d282321 tproxy: fix hash locking issue when using port redirection in __inet_inherit_port()
When __inet_inherit_port() is called on a tproxy connection the wrong locks are
held for the inet_bind_bucket it is added to. __inet_inherit_port() made an
implicit assumption that the listener's port number (and thus its bind bucket).
Unfortunately, if you're using the TPROXY target to redirect skbs to a
transparent proxy that assumption is not true anymore and things break.

This patch adds code to __inet_inherit_port() so that it can handle this case
by looking up or creating a new bind bucket for the child socket and updates
callers of __inet_inherit_port() to gracefully handle __inet_inherit_port()
failing.

Reported by and original patch from Stephen Buck <stephen.buck@exinda.com>.
See http://marc.info/?t=128169268200001&r=1&w=2 for the original discussion.

Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
2010-10-21 13:06:43 +02:00
Balazs Scheidler
6006db84a9 tproxy: add lookup type checks for UDP in nf_tproxy_get_sock_v4()
Also, inline this function as the lookup_type is always a literal
and inlining removes branches performed at runtime.

Signed-off-by: Balazs Scheidler <bazsi@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
2010-10-21 12:47:34 +02:00
Balazs Scheidler
106e4c26b1 tproxy: kick out TIME_WAIT sockets in case a new connection comes in with the same tuple
Without tproxy redirections an incoming SYN kicks out conflicting
TIME_WAIT sockets, in order to handle clients that reuse ports
within the TIME_WAIT period.

The same mechanism didn't work in case TProxy is involved in finding
the proper socket, as the time_wait processing code looked up the
listening socket assuming that the listener addr/port matches those
of the established connection.

This is not the case with TProxy as the listener addr/port is possibly
changed with the tproxy rule.

Signed-off-by: Balazs Scheidler <bazsi@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
2010-10-21 12:45:14 +02:00
Changli Gao
3511c9132f net_sched: remove the unused parameter of qdisc_create_dflt()
The first parameter dev isn't in use in qdisc_create_dflt().

Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-10-21 03:09:47 -07:00
stephen hemminger
1c4c40c42d xfrm: make xfrm_bundle_ok local
Only used in one place.

Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-10-21 03:09:46 -07:00
stephen hemminger
8d8a0b1cc2 rtnetlink: remove rtnl_kill_links
The function rtnl_kill_links is defined but never used.

Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-10-21 03:09:45 -07:00
stephen hemminger
6f747aca5e xfrm6: make xfrm6_tunnel_free_spi local
Function only defined and used in one file.

Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-10-21 03:09:45 -07:00
Julian Anastasov
0d79641a96 ipvs: provide address family for debugging
As skb->protocol is not valid in LOCAL_OUT add
parameter for address family in packet debugging functions.
Even if ports are not present in AH and ESP change them to
use ip_vs_tcpudp_debug_packet to show at least valid addresses
as before. This patch removes the last user of skb->protocol
in IPVS.

Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
2010-10-21 11:04:43 +02:00
Julian Anastasov
fc60476761 ipvs: changes for local real server
This patch deals with local real servers:

- Add support for DNAT to local address (different real server port).
It needs ip_vs_out hook in LOCAL_OUT for both families because
skb->protocol is not set for locally generated packets and can not
be used to set 'af'.

- Skip packets in ip_vs_in marked with skb->ipvs_property because
ip_vs_out processing can be executed in LOCAL_OUT but we still
have the conn_out_get check in ip_vs_in.

- Ignore packets with inet->nodefrag from local stack

- Require skb_dst(skb) != NULL because we use it to get struct net

- Add support for changing the route to local IPv4 stack after DNAT
depending on the source address type. Local client sets output
route and the remote client sets input route. It looks like
IPv6 does not need such rerouting because the replies use
addresses from initial incoming header, not from skb route.

- All transmitters now have strict checks for the destination
address type: redirect from non-local address to local real
server requires NAT method, local address can not be used as
source address when talking to remote real server.

- Now LOCALNODE is not set explicitly as forwarding
method in real server to allow the connections to provide
correct forwarding method to the backup server. Not sure if
this breaks tools that expect to see 'Local' real server type.
If needed, this can be supported with new flag IP_VS_DEST_F_LOCAL.
Now it should be possible connections in backup that lost
their fwmark information during sync to be forwarded properly
to their daddr, even if it is local address in the backup server.
By this way backup could be used as real server for DR or TUN,
for NAT there are some restrictions because tuple collisions
in conntracks can create problems for the traffic.

- Call ip_vs_dst_reset when destination is updated in case
some real server IP type is changed between local and remote.

[ horms@verge.net.au: removed trailing whitespace ]
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
2010-10-21 11:03:46 +02:00
Julian Anastasov
190ecd27cd ipvs: do not schedule conns from real servers
This patch is needed to avoid scheduling of
packets from local real server when we add ip_vs_in
in LOCAL_OUT hook to support local client.

 	Currently, when ip_vs_in can not find existing
connection it tries to create new one by calling ip_vs_schedule.

 	The default indication from ip_vs_schedule was if
connection was scheduled to real server. If real server is
not available we try to use the bypass forwarding method
or to send ICMP error. But in some cases we do not want to use
the bypass feature. So, add flag 'ignored' to indicate if
the scheduler ignores this packet.

 	Make sure we do not create new connections from replies.
We can hit this problem for persistent services and local real
server when ip_vs_in is added to LOCAL_OUT hook to handle
local clients.

 	Also, make sure ip_vs_schedule ignores SYN packets
for Active FTP DATA from local real server. The FTP DATA
connection should be created on SYN+ACK from client to assign
correct connection daddr.

Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
2010-10-21 10:50:41 +02:00
Julian Anastasov
cf356d69db ipvs: switch to notrack mode
Change skb->ipvs_property semantic. This is preparation
to support ip_vs_out processing in LOCAL_OUT. ipvs_property=1
will be used to avoid expensive lookups for traffic sent by
transmitters. Now when conntrack support is not used we call
ip_vs_notrack method to avoid problems in OUTPUT and
POST_ROUTING hooks instead of exiting POST_ROUTING as before.

Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
2010-10-21 10:50:20 +02:00
Julian Anastasov
8b27b10f58 ipvs: optimize checksums for apps
Avoid full checksum calculation for apps that can provide
info whether csum was broken after payload mangling. For now only
ip_vs_ftp mangles payload and it updates the csum, so the full
recalculation is avoided for all packets.

 	Add CHECKSUM_UNNECESSARY for snat_handler (TCP and UDP).
It is needed to support SNAT from local address for the case
when csum is fully recalculated.

Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
2010-10-21 10:50:02 +02:00
David S. Miller
5eeaa2db16 Merge branch 'for-davem' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless-next-2.6 2010-10-20 01:59:48 -07:00
Hans Schillstrom
714f095f74 ipvs: IPv6 tunnel mode
IPv6 encapsulation uses a bad source address for the tunnel.
i.e. VIP will be used as local-addr and encap. dst addr.
Decapsulation will not accept this.

Example
LVS (eth1 2003::2:0:1/96, VIP 2003::2:0:100)
   (eth0 2003::1:0:1/96)
RS  (ethX 2003::1:0:5/96)

tcpdump
2003::2:0:100 > 2003::1:0:5: IP6 (hlim 63, next-header TCP (6) payload length: 40)  2003::3:0:10.50991 > 2003::2:0:100.http: Flags [S], cksum 0x7312 (correct), seq 3006460279, win 5760, options [mss 1440,sackOK,TS val 1904932 ecr 0,nop,wscale 3], length 0

In Linux IPv6 impl. you can't have a tunnel with an any cast address
receiving packets (I have not tried to interpret RFC 2473)
To have receive capabilities the tunnel must have:
 - Local address set as multicast addr or an unicast addr
 - Remote address set as an unicast addr.
 - Loop back addres or Link local address are not allowed.

This causes us to setup a tunnel in the Real Server with the
LVS as the remote address, here you can't use the VIP address since it's
used inside the tunnel.

Solution
Use outgoing interface IPv6 address (match against the destination).
i.e. use ip6_route_output() to look up the route cache and
then use ipv6_dev_get_saddr(...) to set the source address of the
encapsulated packet.

Additionally, cache the results in new destination
fields: dst_cookie and dst_saddr and properly check the
returned dst from ip6_route_output. We now add xfrm_lookup
call only for the tunneling method where the source address
is a local one.

Signed-off-by:Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
2010-10-19 10:38:48 +02:00
Pablo Neira Ayuso
ebbf41df4a netfilter: ctnetlink: add expectation deletion events
This patch allows to listen to events that inform about
expectations destroyed.

Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
2010-10-19 10:19:06 +02:00
Eric Dumazet
8e602ce298 netns: reorder fields in struct net
In a network bench, I noticed an unfortunate false sharing between
'loopback_dev' and 'count' fields in "struct net".

'count' is written each time a socket is created or destroyed, while
loopback_dev might be often read in routing code.

Move loopback_dev in a read mostly section of "struct net"

Note: struct netns_xfrm is cache line aligned on SMP.
(It contains a "struct dst_ops")
Move it at the end to avoid holes, and reduce sizeof(struct net) by 128
bytes on ia32.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-10-17 13:49:14 -07:00
stephen hemminger
31e3c3f6f1 tipc: cleanup function namespace
Do some cleanups of TIPC based on make namespacecheck
  1. Don't export unused symbols
  2. Eliminate dead code
  3. Make functions and variables local
  4. Rename buf_acquire to tipc_buf_acquire since it is used in several files

Compile tested only.
This make break out of tree kernel modules that depend on TIPC routines.

Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Acked-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-10-16 11:13:24 -07:00
John W. Linville
c64557d666 Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless-next-2.6 into for-davem 2010-10-15 16:11:56 -04:00
John W. Linville
1a63c353c8 Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/padovan/bluetooth-next-2.6 into for-davem 2010-10-15 16:00:02 -04:00
Kumar Sanghvi
b3d6255388 Phonet: 'connect' socket implementation for Pipe controller
Based on suggestion by Rémi Denis-Courmont to implement 'connect'
for Pipe controller logic,  this patch implements 'connect' socket
call for the Pipe controller logic.
The patch does following:-
- Removes setsockopts for PNPIPE_CREATE and PNPIPE_DESTROY
- Adds setsockopt for setting the Pipe handle value
- Implements connect socket call
- Updates the Pipe controller logic

User-space should now follow below sequence with Pipe controller:-
-socket
-bind
-setsockopt for PNPIPE_PIPE_HANDLE
-connect
-setsockopt for PNPIPE_ENCAP_IP
-setsockopt for PNPIPE_ENABLE

GPRS/3G data has been tested working fine with this.

Signed-off-by: Kumar Sanghvi <kumar.sanghvi@stericsson.com>
Acked-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-10-13 14:40:34 -07:00
Johannes Berg
7be5086d4c mac80211: add probe request filter flag
Using the frame registration notification, we
can see when probe requests are requested and
notify the low-level driver via filtering. The
flag is also set in AP and IBSS modes.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-10-13 15:45:22 -04:00
Johannes Berg
271733cf84 cfg80211: notify drivers about frame registrations
Drivers may need to adjust their filters according
to frame registrations, so notify them about them.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-10-13 15:45:22 -04:00
Andrei Emeltchenko
534c92fde7 Bluetooth: clean up rfcomm code
Remove dead code and unused rfcomm thread events

Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
2010-10-12 12:44:53 -03:00
Mat Martineau
796c86eec8 Bluetooth: Add common code for stream-oriented recvmsg()
This commit adds a bt_sock_stream_recvmsg() function for use by any
Bluetooth code that uses SOCK_STREAM sockets.  This code is copied
from rfcomm_sock_recvmsg() with minimal modifications to remove
RFCOMM-specific functionality and improve readability.

L2CAP (with the SOCK_STREAM socket type) and RFCOMM have common needs
when it comes to reading data.  Proper stream read semantics require
that applications can read from a stream one byte at a time and not
lose any data.  The RFCOMM code already operated on and pulled data
from the underlying L2CAP socket, so very few changes were required to
make the code more generic for use with non-RFCOMM data over L2CAP.

Applications that need more awareness of L2CAP frame boundaries are
still free to use SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets, and may verify that they
connection did not fall back to basic mode by calling getsockopt().

Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
2010-10-12 12:44:51 -03:00
David Vrabel
8f1e174223 Bluetooth: HCI devices are either BR/EDR or AMP radios
HCI transport drivers may not know what type of radio an AMP device has
so only say whether they're BR/EDR or AMP devices.

Signed-off-by: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
2010-10-12 12:44:51 -03:00
Eric Dumazet
e37ef961e5 neigh: reorder struct neighbour fields
Le mardi 12 octobre 2010 à 00:02 +0200, Eric Dumazet a écrit :
> Here is the followup patch.
>
> Thanks !
>

Oops, this was an old version, the up2date ones also took care of "used"
field.

I guess its time for a sleep, sorry again.

[PATCH net-next V2] neigh: reorder struct neighbour fields

(refcnt) and (ha_lock, ha, used, dev, output, ops, primary_key) should
be placed on a separate cache lines.

refcnt can be often written, while other fields are mostly read.

This gave me good result on stress test :

before:

real    0m45.570s
user    0m15.525s
sys     9m56.669s

After:

real    0m41.841s
user    0m15.261s
sys     8m45.949s

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-10-11 16:09:14 -07:00
Eric Dumazet
fc66f95c68 net dst: use a percpu_counter to track entries
struct dst_ops tracks number of allocated dst in an atomic_t field,
subject to high cache line contention in stress workload.

Switch to a percpu_counter, to reduce number of time we need to dirty a
central location. Place it on a separate cache line to avoid dirtying
read only fields.

Stress test :

(Sending 160.000.000 UDP frames,
IP route cache disabled, dual E5540 @2.53GHz,
32bit kernel, FIB_TRIE, SLUB/NUMA)

Before:

real    0m51.179s
user    0m15.329s
sys     10m15.942s

After:

real	0m45.570s
user	0m15.525s
sys	9m56.669s

With a small reordering of struct neighbour fields, subject of a
following patch, (to separate refcnt from other read mostly fields)

real	0m41.841s
user	0m15.261s
sys	8m45.949s

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-10-11 13:06:53 -07:00
Eric Dumazet
0ed8ddf404 neigh: Protect neigh->ha[] with a seqlock
Add a seqlock in struct neighbour to protect neigh->ha[], and avoid
dirtying neighbour in stress situation (many different flows / dsts)

Dirtying takes place because of read_lock(&n->lock) and n->used writes.

Switching to a seqlock, and writing n->used only on jiffies changes
permits less dirtying.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-10-11 12:54:04 -07:00
David S. Miller
d122179a3c Merge branch 'master' of master.kernel.org:/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6
Conflicts:
	net/core/ethtool.c
2010-10-11 12:30:34 -07:00
Felix Fietkau
8610c29a2c cfg80211: add channel utilization stats to the survey command
Using these, user space can calculate a relative channel utilization
with arbitrary intervals by regularly taking snapshots of the survey
results.

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-10-11 15:04:20 -04:00
Ben Greear
5a5c731aa5 wireless: Set some stats used by /proc/net/wireless (wext)
Some stats for /proc/net/wireless (and wext in general) are not
being set.  This patch addresses a few of those with values easily
obtained from mac80211 core.

Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-10-11 15:04:19 -04:00
John W. Linville
e9a68707d7 Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless-next-2.6 into for-davem
Conflicts:
	Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt
	drivers/net/wireless/ipw2x00/ipw2200.c
2010-10-08 15:39:28 -04:00
Johannes Berg
388ac775be cfg80211: constify WDS address
There's no need for the WDS peer address
to not be const, so make it const.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-10-07 14:41:28 -04:00
Ingo Molnar
556ef63255 Merge commit 'v2.6.36-rc7' into core/rcu
Merge reason: Update from -rc3 to -rc7.

Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
2010-10-07 09:43:45 +02:00
Ingo Molnar
d4f8f217b8 Merge branch 'rcu/urgent' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/paulmck/linux-2.6-rcu into core/rcu 2010-10-07 09:43:11 +02:00
Eric Dumazet
767e97e1e0 neigh: RCU conversion of struct neighbour
This is the second step for neighbour RCU conversion.

(first was commit d6bf7817 : RCU conversion of neigh hash table)

neigh_lookup() becomes lockless, but still take a reference on found
neighbour. (no more read_lock()/read_unlock() on tbl->lock)

struct neighbour gets an additional rcu_head field and is freed after an
RCU grace period.

Future work would need to eventually not take a reference on neighbour
for temporary dst (DST_NOCACHE), but this would need dst->_neighbour to
use a noref bit like we did for skb->_dst.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-10-06 18:01:33 -07:00
Bruno Randolf
b206b4ef06 nl80211/mac80211: Add retry and failed transmission count to station info
This information is already available in mac80211, we just need to export it
via cfg80211 and nl80211.

Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-10-06 16:30:43 -04:00
Johannes Berg
e31b82136d cfg80211/mac80211: allow per-station GTKs
This adds API to allow adding per-station GTKs,
updates mac80211 to support it, and also allows
drivers to remove a key from hwaccel again when
this may be necessary due to multiple GTKs.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-10-06 16:30:40 -04:00
Eric Dumazet
ebc0ffae5d fib: RCU conversion of fib_lookup()
fib_lookup() converted to be called in RCU protected context, no
reference taken and released on a contended cache line (fib_clntref)

fib_table_lookup() and fib_semantic_match() get an additional parameter.

struct fib_info gets an rcu_head field, and is freed after an rcu grace
period.

Stress test :
(Sending 160.000.000 UDP frames on same neighbour,
IP route cache disabled, dual E5540 @2.53GHz,
32bit kernel, FIB_HASH) (about same results for FIB_TRIE)

Before patch :

real	1m31.199s
user	0m13.761s
sys	23m24.780s

After patch:

real	1m5.375s
user	0m14.997s
sys	15m50.115s

Before patch Profile :

13044.00 15.4% __ip_route_output_key vmlinux
 8438.00 10.0% dst_destroy           vmlinux
 5983.00  7.1% fib_semantic_match    vmlinux
 5410.00  6.4% fib_rules_lookup      vmlinux
 4803.00  5.7% neigh_lookup          vmlinux
 4420.00  5.2% _raw_spin_lock        vmlinux
 3883.00  4.6% rt_set_nexthop        vmlinux
 3261.00  3.9% _raw_read_lock        vmlinux
 2794.00  3.3% fib_table_lookup      vmlinux
 2374.00  2.8% neigh_resolve_output  vmlinux
 2153.00  2.5% dst_alloc             vmlinux
 1502.00  1.8% _raw_read_lock_bh     vmlinux
 1484.00  1.8% kmem_cache_alloc      vmlinux
 1407.00  1.7% eth_header            vmlinux
 1406.00  1.7% ipv4_dst_destroy      vmlinux
 1298.00  1.5% __copy_from_user_ll   vmlinux
 1174.00  1.4% dev_queue_xmit        vmlinux
 1000.00  1.2% ip_output             vmlinux

After patch Profile :

13712.00 15.8% dst_destroy             vmlinux
 8548.00  9.9% __ip_route_output_key   vmlinux
 7017.00  8.1% neigh_lookup            vmlinux
 4554.00  5.3% fib_semantic_match      vmlinux
 4067.00  4.7% _raw_read_lock          vmlinux
 3491.00  4.0% dst_alloc               vmlinux
 3186.00  3.7% neigh_resolve_output    vmlinux
 3103.00  3.6% fib_table_lookup        vmlinux
 2098.00  2.4% _raw_read_lock_bh       vmlinux
 2081.00  2.4% kmem_cache_alloc        vmlinux
 2013.00  2.3% _raw_spin_lock          vmlinux
 1763.00  2.0% __copy_from_user_ll     vmlinux
 1763.00  2.0% ip_output               vmlinux
 1761.00  2.0% ipv4_dst_destroy        vmlinux
 1631.00  1.9% eth_header              vmlinux
 1440.00  1.7% _raw_read_unlock_bh     vmlinux

Reference results, if IP route cache is enabled :

real	0m29.718s
user	0m10.845s
sys	7m37.341s

25213.00 29.5% __ip_route_output_key   vmlinux
 9011.00 10.5% dst_release             vmlinux
 4817.00  5.6% ip_push_pending_frames  vmlinux
 4232.00  5.0% ip_finish_output        vmlinux
 3940.00  4.6% udp_sendmsg             vmlinux
 3730.00  4.4% __copy_from_user_ll     vmlinux
 3716.00  4.4% ip_route_output_flow    vmlinux
 2451.00  2.9% __xfrm_lookup           vmlinux
 2221.00  2.6% ip_append_data          vmlinux
 1718.00  2.0% _raw_spin_lock_bh       vmlinux
 1655.00  1.9% __alloc_skb             vmlinux
 1572.00  1.8% sock_wfree              vmlinux
 1345.00  1.6% kfree                   vmlinux

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-10-05 20:39:38 -07:00
Eric Dumazet
d6bf781712 net neigh: RCU conversion of neigh hash table
David

This is the first step for RCU conversion of neigh code.

Next patches will convert hash_buckets[] and "struct neighbour" to RCU
protected objects.

Thanks

[PATCH net-next] net neigh: RCU conversion of neigh hash table

Instead of storing hash_buckets, hash_mask and hash_rnd in "struct
neigh_table", a new structure is defined :

struct neigh_hash_table {
       struct neighbour        **hash_buckets;
       unsigned int            hash_mask;
       __u32                   hash_rnd;
       struct rcu_head         rcu;
};

And "struct neigh_table" has an RCU protected pointer to such a
neigh_hash_table.

This means the signature of (*hash)() function changed: We need to add a
third parameter with the actual hash_rnd value, since this is not
anymore a neigh_table field.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-10-05 14:54:36 -07:00
Johannes Berg
ff4c92d85c genetlink: introduce pre_doit/post_doit hooks
Each family may have some amount of boilerplate
locking code that applies to most, or even all,
commands.

This allows a family to handle such things in
a more generic way, by allowing it to
 a) include private flags in each operation
 b) specify a pre_doit hook that is called,
    before an operation's doit() callback and
    may return an error directly,
 c) specify a post_doit hook that can undo
    locking or similar things done by pre_doit,
    and finally
 d) include two private pointers in each info
    struct passed between all these operations
    including doit(). (It's two because I'll
    need two in nl80211 -- can be extended.)

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-10-05 13:35:30 -04:00
Helmut Schaa
78be49ec2a mac80211: distinct between max rates and the number of rates the hw can report
Some drivers cannot handle multiple retry rates specified by the rc
algorithm but instead use their own retry table (for example rt2800).
However, if such a device registers itself with a max_rates value of 1
the rc algorithm cannot make use of the extended information the device
can provide about retried rates. On the other hand, if a device
registers itself with a max_rates value > 1 the rc algorithm assumes
that the device can handle multi rate retries.

Fix this issue by introducing another hw parameter max_report_rates that
can be set to a different value then max_rates to indicate if a device
is capable of reporting more rates then specified in max_rates.

Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-10-05 13:35:28 -04:00
Johannes Berg
ea229e6826 cfg80211: remove spurious __KERNEL__ ifdef
The net/cfg80211.h header file isn't exported to
userspace, so there's no need for any kind of
__KERNEL__ protection in it. If it was exported,
everything else in it would need protection as
well, not just the logging stuff ...

Cc:Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-10-05 13:35:23 -04:00
Felix Fietkau
17e5a80828 nl80211: allow drivers to indicate whether the survey data channel is in use
Some user space applications only want to display survey data for
the operating channel, however there is no API to get that yet.

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-10-05 13:35:22 -04:00
stephen hemminger
c61393ea83 ipv6: make __ipv6_isatap_ifid static
Another exported symbol only used in one file

Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-10-05 00:47:39 -07:00
stephen hemminger
1df9916e46 fib: fib_rules_cleanup can be static
fib_rules_cleanup_ups is only defined and used in one place.

Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-10-05 00:47:39 -07:00
Patrick McHardy
eecc545856 netfilter: add missing xt_log.h file
Forgot to add xt_log.h in commit a8defca0 (netfilter: ipt_LOG:
add bufferisation to call printk() once)

Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
2010-10-04 23:24:21 +02:00
David S. Miller
21a180cda0 Merge branch 'master' of master.kernel.org:/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6
Conflicts:
	net/ipv4/Kconfig
	net/ipv4/tcp_timer.c
2010-10-04 11:56:38 -07:00
Stephen Hemminger
0c200d9353 netfilter: nf_nat: make find/put static
The functions nf_nat_proto_find_get and nf_nat_proto_put are
only used internally in nf_nat_core. This might break some out
of tree NAT module.

Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
2010-10-04 20:53:18 +02:00
Simon Horman
0d1e71b04a IPVS: Allow configuration of persistence engines
Allow the persistence engine of a virtual service to be set, edited
and unset.

This feature only works with the netlink user-space interface.

Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
2010-10-04 22:45:24 +09:00
Simon Horman
8be67a6617 IPVS: management of persistence engine modules
This is based heavily on the scheduler management code

Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
2010-10-04 22:45:24 +09:00
Simon Horman
a3c918acd2 IPVS: Add persistence engine data to /proc/net/ip_vs_conn
This shouldn't break compatibility with userspace as the new data
is at the end of the line.

I have confirmed that this doesn't break ipvsadm, the main (only?)
user-space user of this data.

Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
2010-10-04 22:45:24 +09:00
Simon Horman
85999283a2 IPVS: Add struct ip_vs_pe
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
2010-10-04 22:45:24 +09:00
Simon Horman
f11017ec2d IPVS: Add struct ip_vs_conn_param
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
2010-10-04 22:45:24 +09:00
Eric Dumazet
c7d4426a98 net: introduce DST_NOCACHE flag
While doing stress tests with IP route cache disabled, and multi queue
devices, I noticed a very high contention on one rwlock used in
neighbour code.

When many cpus are trying to send frames (possibly using a high
performance multiqueue device) to the same neighbour, they fight for the
neigh->lock rwlock in order to call neigh_hh_init(), and fight on
hh->hh_refcnt (a pair of atomic_inc/atomic_dec_and_test())

But we dont need to call neigh_hh_init() for dst that are used only
once. It costs four atomic operations at least, on two contended cache
lines, plus the high contention on neigh->lock rwlock.

Introduce a new dst flag, DST_NOCACHE, that is set when dst was not
inserted in route cache.

With the stress test bench, sending 160000000 frames on one neighbour,
results are :

Before patch:

real	2m28.406s
user	0m11.781s
sys	36m17.964s


After patch:

real	1m26.532s
user	0m12.185s
sys	20m3.903s

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-10-03 22:17:54 -07:00
John W. Linville
41f4a6f71f Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless-next-2.6 into for-davem 2010-10-01 11:12:36 -04:00
Eric Dumazet
367e5e3769 neigh: reorder fields in struct neighbour
On 64bit arches, there are two 32bit holes that we can remove.

sizeof(struct neighbour) shrinks from 0xf8 to 0xf0 bytes

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-10-01 00:36:51 -07:00
Gustavo F. Padovan
e454c84464 Bluetooth: Fix deadlock in the ERTM logic
The Enhanced Retransmission Mode(ERTM) is a realiable mode of operation
of the Bluetooth L2CAP layer. Think on it like a simplified version of
TCP.
The problem we were facing here was a deadlock. ERTM uses a backlog
queue to queue incomimg packets while the user is helding the lock. At
some moment the sk_sndbuf can be exceeded and we can't alloc new skbs
then the code sleep with the lock to wait for memory, that stalls the
ERTM connection once we can't read the acknowledgements packets in the
backlog queue to free memory and make the allocation of outcoming skb
successful.

This patch actually affect all users of bt_skb_send_alloc(), i.e., all
L2CAP modes and SCO.

We are safe against socket states changes or channels deletion while the
we are sleeping wait memory. Checking for the sk->sk_err and
sk->sk_shutdown make the code safe, since any action that can leave the
socket or the channel in a not usable state set one of the struct
members at least. Then we can check both of them when getting the lock
again and return with the proper error if something unexpected happens.

Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Ulisses Furquim <ulisses@profusion.mobi>
2010-09-30 12:19:35 -03:00
stephen hemminger
1b9f409293 tcp: tcp_enter_quickack_mode can be static
Function only used in tcp_input.c

Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-09-29 19:45:36 -07:00
stephen hemminger
a64de47c09 arp: remove unnecessary export of arp_broken_ops
arp_broken_ops is only used in arp.c

Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-09-29 19:45:35 -07:00
Tom Herbert
4465b46900 ipv4: Allow configuring subnets as local addresses
This patch allows a host to be configured to respond to any address in
a specified range as if it were local, without actually needing to
configure the address on an interface.  This is done through routing
table configuration.  For instance, to configure a host to respond
to any address in 10.1/16 received on eth0 as a local address we can do:

ip rule add from all iif eth0 lookup 200
ip route add local 10.1/16 dev lo proto kernel scope host src 127.0.0.1 table 200

This host is now reachable by any 10.1/16 address (route lookup on
input for packets received on eth0 can find the route).  On output, the
rule will not be matched so that this host can still send packets to
10.1/16 (not sent on loopback).  Presumably, external routing can be
configured to make sense out of this.

To make this work, we needed to modify the logic in finding the
interface which is assigned a given source address for output
(dev_ip_find).  We perform a normal fib_lookup instead of just a
lookup on the local table, and in the lookup we ignore the input
interface for matching.

This patch is useful to implement IP-anycast for subnets of virtual
addresses.

Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-09-28 23:38:15 -07:00
Pablo Neira Ayuso
bc01befdcf netfilter: ctnetlink: add support for user-space expectation helpers
This patch adds the basic infrastructure to support user-space
expectation helpers via ctnetlink and the netfilter queuing
infrastructure NFQUEUE. Basically, this patch:

* adds NF_CT_EXPECT_USERSPACE flag to identify user-space
  created expectations. I have also added a sanity check in
  __nf_ct_expect_check() to avoid that kernel-space helpers
  may create an expectation if the master conntrack has no
  helper assigned.
* adds some branches to check if the master conntrack helper
  exists, otherwise we skip the code that refers to kernel-space
  helper such as the local expectation list and the expectation
  policy.
* allows to set the timeout for user-space expectations with
  no helper assigned.
* a list of expectations created from user-space that depends
  on ctnetlink (if this module is removed, they are deleted).
* includes USERSPACE in the /proc output for expectations
  that have been created by a user-space helper.

This patch also modifies ctnetlink to skip including the helper
name in the Netlink messages if no kernel-space helper is set
(since no user-space expectation has not kernel-space kernel
assigned).

You can access an example user-space FTP conntrack helper at:
http://people.netfilter.org/pablo/userspace-conntrack-helpers/nf-ftp-helper-userspace-POC.tar.bz

Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
2010-09-28 21:06:34 +02:00
Eric Dumazet
290b895e0b tunnels: prepare percpu accounting
Tunnels are going to use percpu for their accounting.

They are going to use a new tstats field in net_device.

skb_tunnel_rx() is changed to be a wrapper around __skb_tunnel_rx()

IPTUNNEL_XMIT() is changed to be a wrapper around __IPTUNNEL_XMIT()

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-09-27 21:30:42 -07:00
Kumar Sanghvi
8d98efa84b Phonet: Implement Pipe Controller to support Nokia Slim Modems
Phonet stack assumes the presence of Pipe Controller, either in Modem or
on Application Processing Engine user-space for the Pipe data.
Nokia Slim Modems like WG2.5 used in ST-Ericsson U8500 platform do not
implement Pipe controller in them.
This patch adds Pipe Controller implemenation to Phonet stack to support
Pipe data over Phonet stack for Nokia Slim Modems.

Signed-off-by: Kumar Sanghvi <kumar.sanghvi@stericsson.com>
Acked-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-09-27 21:30:41 -07:00
Ulrich Weber
fb0c5f0bc8 tproxy: check for transparent flag in ip_route_newports
as done in ip_route_connect()

Signed-off-by: Ulrich Weber <uweber@astaro.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-09-27 15:03:33 -07:00
Johannes Berg
554891e63a mac80211: move packet flags into packet
commit 8c0c709eea
Author: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Date:   Wed Nov 25 17:46:15 2009 +0100

    mac80211: move cmntr flag out of rx flags

moved the CMNTR flag into the skb RX flags for
some aggregation cleanups, but this was wrong
since the optimisation this flag tried to make
requires that it is kept across the processing
of multiple interfaces -- which isn't true for
flags in the skb. The patch not only broke the
optimisation, it also introduced a bug: under
some (common!) circumstances the flag will be
set on an already freed skb!

However, investigating this in more detail, I
found that most of the flags that we set should
be per packet, _except_ for this one, due to
a-MPDU processing. Additionally, the flags used
for processing (currently just this one) need
to be reset before processing a new packet.

Since we haven't actually seen bugs reported as
a result of the wrong flags handling (which is
not too surprising -- the only real bug case I
can come up with is an a-MSDU contained in an
a-MPDU), I'll make a different fix for rc.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-09-27 15:57:54 -04:00
Ben Greear
686b9cb994 mac80211/ath9k: Support AMPDU with multiple VIFs.
The old ieee80211_find_sta_by_hw method didn't properly
find VIFS when there was more than one per AP.  This caused
AMPDU logic in ath9k to get the wrong VIF when trying to
account for transmitted SKBs.

This patch changes ieee80211_find_sta_by_hw to take a
localaddr argument to distinguish between VIFs with the
same AP but different local addresses.  The method name
is changed to ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr.

Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-09-27 15:57:45 -04:00
David S. Miller
e40051d134 Merge branch 'master' of master.kernel.org:/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6
Conflicts:
	drivers/net/qlcnic/qlcnic_init.c
	net/ipv4/ip_output.c
2010-09-27 01:03:03 -07:00
Neil Horman
2cc6d2bf3d ipv6: add a missing unregister_pernet_subsys call
Clean up a missing exit path in the ipv6 module init routines.  In
addrconf_init we call ipv6_addr_label_init which calls register_pernet_subsys
for the ipv6_addr_label_ops structure.  But if module loading fails, or if the
ipv6 module is removed, there is no corresponding unregister_pernet_subsys call,
which leaves a now-bogus address on the pernet_list, leading to oopses in
subsequent registrations.  This patch cleans up both the failed load path and
the unload path.  Tested by myself with good results.

Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>

 include/net/addrconf.h |    1 +
 net/ipv6/addrconf.c    |   11 ++++++++---
 net/ipv6/addrlabel.c   |    5 +++++
 3 files changed, 14 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-09-26 19:09:25 -07:00
Eric Dumazet
7a91b434e2 net: update SOCK_MIN_RCVBUF
SOCK_MIN_RCVBUF current value is 256 bytes

It doesnt permit to receive the smallest possible frame, considering
socket sk_rmem_alloc/sk_rcvbuf account skb truesizes. On 64bit arches,
sizeof(struct sk_buff) is 240 bytes. Add the typical 64 bytes of
headroom, and we go over the limit.

With old kernels and 32bit arches, we were under the limit, if netdriver
was doing copybreak.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-09-26 18:53:07 -07:00
Tom Herbert
693019e90c net: reset skb queue mapping when rx'ing over tunnel
Reset queue mapping when an skb is reentering the stack via a tunnel.
On second pass, the queue mapping from the original device is no
longer valid.

Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-09-26 18:48:40 -07:00
Christian Lamparter
eb7d3066cf mac80211: clear txflags for ps-filtered frames
This patch fixes stale mac80211_tx_control_flags for
filtered / retried frames.

Because ieee80211_handle_filtered_frame feeds skbs back
into the tx path, they have to be stripped of some tx
flags so they won't confuse the stack, driver or device.

Cc: <stable@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-09-24 15:54:30 -04:00
Eric Dumazet
a02cec2155 net: return operator cleanup
Change "return (EXPR);" to "return EXPR;"

return is not a function, parentheses are not required.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-09-23 14:33:39 -07:00
Pablo Neira Ayuso
8b008faf92 netfilter: ctnetlink: allow to specify the expectation flags
With this patch, you can specify the expectation flags for user-space
created expectations.

Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
2010-09-22 08:36:59 +02:00
David S. Miller
a0741ca949 Merge branch 'for-davem' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless-next-2.6 2010-09-21 18:17:19 -07:00
Eric Dumazet
48daa3bb84 ipv6: addrconf.h cleanups
- Use rcu_dereference_rtnl() in __in6_dev_get
- kerneldoc for __in6_dev_get() and in6_dev_get()
- Use inline functions instead of macros

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-09-21 18:04:47 -07:00
John W. Linville
b618f6f885 Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless-next-2.6 into for-davem
Conflicts:
	arch/arm/mach-omap2/board-omap3pandora.c
	drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath5k/base.c
2010-09-21 15:49:14 -04:00
Julian Anastasov
8a8030407f ipvs: make rerouting optional with snat_reroute
Add new sysctl flag "snat_reroute". Recent kernels use
ip_route_me_harder() to route LVS-NAT responses properly by
VIP when there are multiple paths to client. But setups
that do not have alternative default routes can skip this
routing lookup by using snat_reroute=0.

Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
2010-09-21 17:38:57 +02:00
Julian Anastasov
f4bc17cdd2 ipvs: netfilter connection tracking changes
Add more code to IPVS to work with Netfilter connection
tracking and fix some problems.

- Allow IPVS to be compiled without connection tracking as in
2.6.35 and before. This can avoid keeping conntracks for all
IPVS connections because this costs memory. ip_vs_ftp still
depends on connection tracking and NAT as implemented for 2.6.36.

- Add sysctl var "conntrack" to enable connection tracking for
all IPVS connections. For loaded IPVS directors it needs
tuning of nf_conntrack_max limit.

- Add IP_VS_CONN_F_NFCT connection flag to request the connection
to use connection tracking. This allows user space to provide this
flag, for example, in dest->conn_flags. This can be useful to
request connection tracking per real server instead of forcing it
for all connections with the "conntrack" sysctl. This flag is
set currently only by ip_vs_ftp and of course by "conntrack" sysctl.

- Add ip_vs_nfct.c file to hold all connection tracking code,
by this way main code should not depend of netfilter conntrack
support.

- Return back the ip_vs_post_routing handler as in 2.6.35 and use
skb->ipvs_property=1 to allow IPVS to work without connection
tracking

Connection tracking:

- most of the code is already in 2.6.36-rc

- alter conntrack reply tuple for LVS-NAT connections when first packet
from client is forwarded and conntrack state is NEW or RELATED.
Additionally, alter reply for RELATED connections from real server,
again for packet in original direction.

- add IP_VS_XMIT_TUNNEL to confirm conntrack (without altering
reply) for LVS-TUN early because we want to call nf_reset. It is
needed because we add IPIP header and the original conntrack
should be preserved, not destroyed. The transmitted IPIP packets
can reuse same conntrack, so we do not set skb->ipvs_property.

- try to destroy conntrack when the IPVS connection is destroyed.
It is not fatal if conntrack disappears before that, it depends
on the used timers.

Fix problems from long time:

- add skb->ip_summed = CHECKSUM_NONE for the LVS-TUN transmitters

Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
2010-09-21 17:35:41 +02:00
Thomas Egerer
8444cf712c xfrm: Allow different selector family in temporary state
The family parameter xfrm_state_find is used to find a state matching a
certain policy. This value is set to the template's family
(encap_family) right before xfrm_state_find is called.
The family parameter is however also used to construct a temporary state
in xfrm_state_find itself which is wrong for inter-family scenarios
because it produces a selector for the wrong family. Since this selector
is included in the xfrm_user_acquire structure, user space programs
misinterpret IPv6 addresses as IPv4 and vice versa.
This patch splits up the original init_tempsel function into a part that
initializes the selector respectively the props and id of the temporary
state, to allow for differing ip address families whithin the state.

Signed-off-by: Thomas Egerer <thomas.egerer@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-09-20 11:11:38 -07:00
Julian Anastasov
3575792e00 ipvs: extend connection flags to 32 bits
- the sync protocol supports 16 bits only, so bits 0..15 should be
used only for flags that should go to backup server, bits 16 and
above should be allocated for flags not sent to backup.

- use IP_VS_CONN_F_DEST_MASK as mask of connection flags in
destination that can be changed by user space

- allow IP_VS_CONN_F_ONE_PACKET to be set in destination

Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
2010-09-17 14:18:16 +02:00
Johannes Berg
2ca27bcff7 mac80211: add p2p device type support
When a driver advertises p2p device support,
mac80211 will handle it, but internally it will
rewrite the interface type to STA/AP rather than
P2P-STA/GO since otherwise a lot of paths need
to be touched that are otherwise identical. A
p2p boolean tells drivers whether or not a given
interface will be used for p2p or not.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-09-16 15:46:07 -04:00
Joe Perches
9c37663929 include/net/cfg80211.h: wiphy_<level> messages use dev_printk
The output becomes:

[   41.261941] ieee80211 phy0: Selected rate control algorithm 'minstrel_ht'

Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-09-16 15:19:44 -04:00
Rémi Denis-Courmont
507215f8d0 Phonet: list subscribed resources via proc_fs
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-09-15 21:31:33 -07:00
Rémi Denis-Courmont
4e3d16ce5e Phonet: resource routing backend
When both destination device and object are nul, Phonet routes the
packet according to the resource field. In fact, this is the most
common pattern when sending Phonet "request" packets. In this case,
the packet is delivered to whichever endpoint (socket) has
registered the resource.

This adds a new table so that Linux processes can register their
Phonet sockets to Phonet resources, if they have adequate privileges.

(Namespace support is not implemented at the moment.)

Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-09-15 21:31:32 -07:00
Rémi Denis-Courmont
6482f554e2 Phonet: remove dangling pipe if an endpoint is closed early
Closing a pipe endpoint is not normally allowed by the Phonet pipe,
other than as a side after-effect of removing the pipe between two
endpoints. But there is no way to prevent Linux userspace processes
from being killed or suffering from bugs, so this can still happen.
We might as well forcefully close Phonet pipe endpoints then.

The cellular modem supports only a few existing pipes at a time. So we
really should not leak them. This change instructs the modem to destroy
the pipe if either of the pipe's endpoint (Linux socket) is closed too
early.

Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-09-15 21:31:31 -07:00
Alexey Kuznetsov
01f83d6984 tcp: Prevent overzealous packetization by SWS logic.
If peer uses tiny MSS (say, 75 bytes) and similarly tiny advertised
window, the SWS logic will packetize to half the MSS unnecessarily.

This causes problems with some embedded devices.

However for large MSS devices we do want to half-MSS packetize
otherwise we never get enough packets into the pipe for things
like fast retransmit and recovery to work.

Be careful also to handle the case where MSS > window, otherwise
we'll never send until the probe timer.

Reported-by: ツ Leandro Melo de Sales <leandroal@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-09-15 12:01:44 -07:00
Joe Perches
55b1804c67 net/irda: Use static const char * const where possible
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-09-14 20:22:05 -07:00
Felix Fietkau
2944f45d9d mac80211: add a note about iterating interfaces during add_interface()
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-09-14 16:14:26 -04:00
David S. Miller
e548833df8 Merge branch 'master' of master.kernel.org:/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6
Conflicts:
	net/mac80211/main.c
2010-09-09 22:27:33 -07:00
Eric Dumazet
719f835853 udp: add rehash on connect()
commit 30fff923 introduced in linux-2.6.33 (udp: bind() optimisation)
added a secondary hash on UDP, hashed on (local addr, local port).

Problem is that following sequence :

fd = socket(...)
connect(fd, &remote, ...)

not only selects remote end point (address and port), but also sets
local address, while UDP stack stored in secondary hash table the socket
while its local address was INADDR_ANY (or ipv6 equivalent)

Sequence is :
 - autobind() : choose a random local port, insert socket in hash tables
              [while local address is INADDR_ANY]
 - connect() : set remote address and port, change local address to IP
              given by a route lookup.

When an incoming UDP frame comes, if more than 10 sockets are found in
primary hash table, we switch to secondary table, and fail to find
socket because its local address changed.

One solution to this problem is to rehash datagram socket if needed.

We add a new rehash(struct socket *) method in "struct proto", and
implement this method for UDP v4 & v6, using a common helper.

This rehashing only takes care of secondary hash table, since primary
hash (based on local port only) is not changed.

Reported-by: Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki <ole@ans.pl>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki <ole@ans.pl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-09-08 21:45:01 -07:00
Joe Perches
e3634169bc include/net/raw.h: Convert raw_seq_private macro to inline
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-09-08 13:42:22 -07:00
Julian Anastasov
6523ce1525 ipvs: fix active FTP
- Do not create expectation when forwarding the PORT
  command to avoid blocking the connection. The problem is that
  nf_conntrack_ftp.c:help() tries to create the same expectation later in
  POST_ROUTING and drops the packet with "dropping packet" message after
  failure in nf_ct_expect_related.

- Change ip_vs_update_conntrack to alter the conntrack
  for related connections from real server. If we do not alter the reply in
  this direction the next packet from client sent to vport 20 comes as NEW
  connection. We alter it but may be some collision happens for both
  conntracks and the second conntrack gets destroyed immediately. The
  connection stucks too.

Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-09-08 10:39:57 -07:00
Li Zefan
3fb5a99191 cls_cgroup: Fix rcu lockdep warning
Dave reported an rcu lockdep warning on 2.6.35.4 kernel

task->cgroups and task->cgroups->subsys[i] are protected by RCU.
So we avoid accessing invalid pointers here. This might happen,
for example, when you are deref-ing those pointers while someone
move @task from one cgroup to another.

Reported-by: Dave Jones <davej@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-09-03 09:55:24 -07:00
John W. Linville
78ab952717 Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless-next-2.6 into for-davem 2010-09-02 13:30:07 -04:00
Gerrit Renker
3d5b99ae82 TCP: update initial windows according to RFC 5681
This updates the use of larger initial windows, as originally specified in
RFC 3390, to use the newer IW values specified in RFC 5681, section 3.1.

The changes made in RFC 5681 are:
 a) the setting now is more clearly specified in units of segments (as the
    comments  by John Heffner emphasized, this was not very clear in RFC 3390);
 b) for connections with 1095 < SMSS <= 2190 there is now a change:
    - RFC 3390 says that IW <= 4380,
    - RFC 5681 says that IW = 3 * SMSS <= 6570.

Since RFC 3390 is older and "only" proposed standard, whereas the newer RFC 5681
is already draft standard, it seems preferable to use the newer IW variant.

Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-08-30 13:50:44 -07:00
Gerrit Renker
22b71c8f4f tcp/dccp: Consolidate common code for RFC 3390 conversion
This patch consolidates initial-window code common to TCP and CCID-2:
 * TCP uses RFC 3390 in a packet-oriented manner (tcp_input.c) and
 * CCID-2 uses RFC 3390 in packet-oriented manner (RFC 4341).

Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-08-30 13:45:26 -07:00
Jerry Chu
dca43c75e7 tcp: Add TCP_USER_TIMEOUT socket option.
This patch provides a "user timeout" support as described in RFC793. The
socket option is also needed for the the local half of RFC5482 "TCP User
Timeout Option".

TCP_USER_TIMEOUT is a TCP level socket option that takes an unsigned int,
when > 0, to specify the maximum amount of time in ms that transmitted
data may remain unacknowledged before TCP will forcefully close the
corresponding connection and return ETIMEDOUT to the application. If
0 is given, TCP will continue to use the system default.

Increasing the user timeouts allows a TCP connection to survive extended
periods without end-to-end connectivity. Decreasing the user timeouts
allows applications to "fail fast" if so desired. Otherwise it may take
upto 20 minutes with the current system defaults in a normal WAN
environment.

The socket option can be made during any state of a TCP connection, but
is only effective during the synchronized states of a connection
(ESTABLISHED, FIN-WAIT-1, FIN-WAIT-2, CLOSE-WAIT, CLOSING, or LAST-ACK).
Moreover, when used with the TCP keepalive (SO_KEEPALIVE) option,
TCP_USER_TIMEOUT will overtake keepalive to determine when to close a
connection due to keepalive failure.

The option does not change in anyway when TCP retransmits a packet, nor
when a keepalive probe will be sent.

This option, like many others, will be inherited by an acceptor from its
listener.

Signed-off-by: H.K. Jerry Chu <hkchu@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-08-30 13:23:33 -07:00
Johannes Berg
34d4bc4d41 mac80211: support runtime interface type changes
Add support to mac80211 for changing the interface
type even when the interface is UP, if the driver
supports it.

To achieve this
 * add a new driver callback for switching,
 * split some of the interface up/down code out
   into new functions (do_open/do_stop), and
 * maintain an own __SDATA_RUNNING bit that will
   not be set during interface type, so that any
   other code doesn't use the interface.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-08-27 13:53:31 -04:00
Johannes Berg
c0692b8fe2 cfg80211: allow changing port control protocol
Some vendor specified mechanisms for 802.1X-style
functionality use a different protocol than EAP
(even if EAP is vendor-extensible). Allow setting
the ethertype for the protocol when a driver has
support for this. The default if unspecified is
EAP, of course.

Note: This is suitable only for station mode, not
      for AP implementation.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-08-27 13:27:07 -04:00
Johannes Berg
8789d459bc mac80211: allow scan to complete from any context
The ieee80211_scan_completed() function was a frequent
source of potential deadlocks, since it is called by
drivers but may call back into drivers, so drivers had
to make sure to call it without any locks held, which
frequently lead to more complex code in drivers. Avoid
that problem by allowing the function to be called in
any context, and queueing the actual work it does.
Also update the documentation for it to indicate this.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-08-27 13:27:06 -04:00
Joe Perches
145ce502e4 net/sctp: Use pr_fmt and pr_<level>
Change SCTP_DEBUG_PRINTK and SCTP_DEBUG_PRINTK_IPADDR to
use do { print } while (0) guards.
Add SCTP_DEBUG_PRINTK_CONT to fix errors in log when
lines were continued.
Add #define pr_fmt(fmt) KBUILD_MODNAME ": " fmt
Add a missing newline in "Failed bind hash alloc"

Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-08-26 14:11:48 -07:00
John W. Linville
e569aa78ba Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless-next-2.6 into for-davem
Conflicts:
	drivers/net/wireless/libertas/if_sdio.c
2010-08-25 14:51:42 -04:00
Bob Copeland
2738bd682d mac80211: trivial spelling fixes
Fix spelling and readability of a few lines of kernel doc:

    s/issueing/issuing/g
    s/approriate/appropriate/g
    s/supported by simply/supported simply by/
    s/IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_FILTERING/IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_FILTER/g

Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-08-25 14:33:17 -04:00
David S. Miller
ad1af0fedb tcp: Combat per-cpu skew in orphan tests.
As reported by Anton Blanchard when we use
percpu_counter_read_positive() to make our orphan socket limit checks,
the check can be off by up to num_cpus_online() * batch (which is 32
by default) which on a 128 cpu machine can be as large as the default
orphan limit itself.

Fix this by doing the full expensive sum check if the optimized check
triggers.

Reported-by: Anton Blanchard <anton@samba.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
2010-08-25 02:27:49 -07:00
Johannes Berg
d70e96932d cfg80211: add some documentation
Add some documentation for cfg80211. I'm hoping some of
the regulatory documentation will be filled by somebody
more familiar with it, hint hint! :)

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-08-24 16:32:06 -04:00
Johannes Berg
633dd1ea68 mac80211: fix docbook
Fix a small problem in the documentation for
ieee80211_request_smps, and a now erroneous
inclusion of enum ieee80211_key_alg, which no
longer exists after the change to ciphers.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-08-24 16:32:04 -04:00
Johannes Berg
2e161f78e5 cfg80211/mac80211: extensible frame processing
Allow userspace to register for more than just
action frames by giving the frame subtype, and
make it possible to use this in various modes
as well.

With some tweaks and some added functionality
this will, in the future, also be usable in AP
mode and be able to replace the cooked monitor
interface currently used in that case.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-08-24 16:27:56 -04:00
Johannes Berg
633adf1ad1 cfg80211: mark ieee80211_hdrlen const
This function analyses only its single, value-passed
argument, and has no side effects. Thus it can be
const, which makes mac80211 smaller, for example:

   text	   data	    bss	    dec	    hex	filename
 362518	  16720	    884	 380122	  5ccda	mac80211.ko (before)
 362358	  16720	    884	 379962	  5cc3a	mac80211.ko (after)

a 160 byte saving in text size, and an optimisation
because the function won't be called as often.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-08-24 16:27:54 -04:00
Eric Dumazet
81ce790bd7 irda: use net_device_stats from struct net_device
struct net_device has its own struct net_device_stats member, so use
this one instead of a private copy in the irlan_cb struct.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-08-21 23:32:31 -07:00
Dmitry Kozlov
00959ade36 PPTP: PPP over IPv4 (Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol)
PPP: introduce "pptp" module which implements point-to-point tunneling protocol using pppox framework
NET: introduce the "gre" module for demultiplexing GRE packets on version criteria
     (required to pptp and ip_gre may coexists)
NET: ip_gre: update to use the "gre" module

This patch introduces then pptp support to the linux kernel which
dramatically speeds up pptp vpn connections and decreases cpu usage in
comparison of existing user-space implementation
(poptop/pptpclient). There is accel-pptp project
(https://sourceforge.net/projects/accel-pptp/) to utilize this module,
it contains plugin for pppd to use pptp in client-mode and modified
pptpd (poptop) to build high-performance pptp NAS.

There was many changes from initial submitted patch, most important are:
1. using rcu instead of read-write locks
2. using static bitmap instead of dynamically allocated
3. using vmalloc for memory allocation instead of BITS_PER_LONG + __get_free_pages
4. fixed many coding style issues
Thanks to Eric Dumazet.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Kozlov <xeb@mail.ru>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-08-21 23:05:39 -07:00
Grégoire Baron
eb4d406545 net/sched: add ACT_CSUM action to update packets checksums
net/sched: add ACT_CSUM action to update packets checksums

ACT_CSUM can be called just after ACT_PEDIT in order to re-compute some
altered checksums in IPv4 and IPv6 packets. The following checksums are
supported by this patch:
 - IPv4: IPv4 header, ICMP, IGMP, TCP, UDP & UDPLite
 - IPv6: ICMPv6, TCP, UDP & UDPLite
It's possible to request in the same action to update different kind of
checksums, if the packets flow mix TCP, UDP and UDPLite, ...

An example of usage is done in the associated iproute2 patch.

Version 3 changes:
 - remove useless goto instructions
 - improve IPv6 hop options decoding

Version 2 changes:
 - coding style correction
 - remove useless arguments of some functions
 - use stack in tcf_csum_dump()
 - add tcf_csum_skb_nextlayer() to factor code

Signed-off-by: Gregoire Baron <baronchon@n7mm.org>
Acked-by: jamal <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-08-20 01:42:59 -07:00
Arnd Bergmann
0906a372f2 net/netfilter: __rcu annotations
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Josh Triplett <josh@joshtriplett.org>
2010-08-19 17:18:01 -07:00
Paul E. McKenney
d34a16661e net: convert to rcu_dereference_index_check()
The task_cls_classid() function applies rcu_dereference() to integers,
which does not work with the shiny new sparse-based checking in
rcu_dereference().  This commit therefore moves to the new RCU API
rcu_dereference_index_check().

Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Josh Triplett <josh@joshtriplett.org>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
2010-08-19 17:17:59 -07:00
Oliver Hartkopp
2244d07bfa net: simplify flags for tx timestamping
This patch removes the abstraction introduced by the union skb_shared_tx in
the shared skb data.

The access of the different union elements at several places led to some
confusion about accessing the shared tx_flags e.g. in skb_orphan_try().

    http://marc.info/?l=linux-netdev&m=128084897415886&w=2

Signed-off-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-08-19 00:08:30 -07:00
Johannes Berg
97359d1235 mac80211: use cipher suite selectors
Currently, mac80211 translates the cfg80211
cipher suite selectors into ALG_* values.
That isn't all too useful, and some drivers
benefit from the distinction between WEP40
and WEP104 as well. Therefore, convert it
all to use the cipher suite selectors.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Gertjan van Wingerde <gwingerde@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-08-16 16:45:11 -04:00
Johannes Berg
d1f5b7a34a mac80211: allow drivers to request SM PS mode change
Sometimes drivers have more information than the
stack about how their antennas/chains are used,
and may require that the SM PS mode be changed.
This could happen, for example, when detecting
that the user disconnected an antenna. Thus this
patch introduces API to allow drivers to request
SM PS mode changes.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-08-16 15:26:40 -04:00
Johannes Berg
7da7cc1d42 mac80211: per interface idle notification
Sometimes we don't just need to know whether or
not the device is idle, but also per interface.
This adds that reporting capability to mac80211.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-08-16 15:26:40 -04:00
John W. Linville
9714d315d2 Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless-2.6 2010-08-16 14:40:44 -04:00
John W. Linville
4e6cbfd09c mac80211: support use of NAPI for bottom-half processing
This patch implement basic infrastructure to support use of NAPI by
mac80211-based hardware drivers.

Because mac80211 devices can support multiple netdevs, a dummy netdev
is used for interfacing with the NAPI code in the core of the network
stack.  That structure is hidden from the hardware drivers, but the
actual napi_struct is exposed in the ieee80211_hw structure so that the
poll routines in drivers can retrieve that structure.  Hardware drivers
can also specify their own weight value for NAPI polling.

Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-08-16 14:39:46 -04:00
David S. Miller
1c114f42a5 Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless-2.6 2010-08-10 15:59:38 -07:00
Mat Martineau
db12d647cc Bluetooth: Use 3-DH5 payload size for default ERTM max PDU size
The previous value of 672 for L2CAP_DEFAULT_MAX_PDU_SIZE is based on
the default L2CAP MTU.  That default MTU is calculated from the size
of two DH5 packets, minus ACL and L2CAP b-frame header overhead.

ERTM is used with newer basebands that typically support larger 3-DH5
packets, and i-frames and s-frames have more header overhead.  With
clean RF conditions, basebands will typically attempt to use 1021-byte
3-DH5 packets for maximum throughput.  Adjusting for 2 bytes of ACL
headers plus 10 bytes of worst-case L2CAP headers yields 1009 bytes
of payload.

This PDU size imposes less overhead for header bytes and gives the
baseband the option to choose 3-DH5 packets, but is small enough for
ERTM traffic to interleave well with other L2CAP or SCO data.
672-byte payloads do not allow the most efficient over-the-air
packet choice, and cannot achieve maximum throughput over BR/EDR.

Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2010-08-10 07:59:11 -04:00
Mat Martineau
fa235562fb Bluetooth: Change default L2CAP ERTM retransmit timeout
The L2CAP specification requires that the ERTM retransmit timeout be at
least 2 seconds for BR/EDR connections.

Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2010-08-10 07:59:11 -04:00
Randy Dunlap
53c3fa2064 net/sock.h: add missing kernel-doc notation
Add missing kernel-doc notation to struct sock:

Warning(include/net/sock.h:324): No description found for parameter 'sk_peer_pid'
Warning(include/net/sock.h:324): No description found for parameter 'sk_peer_cred'
Warning(include/net/sock.h:324): No description found for parameter 'sk_classid'
Warning(include/net/sock.h:324): Excess struct/union/enum/typedef member 'sk_peercred' description in 'sock'

Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-08-10 00:09:20 -07:00
David S. Miller
e225567960 Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless-2.6 2010-08-06 13:30:43 -07:00
John W. Linville
c0068c8589 Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/holtmann/bluetooth-next-2.6 2010-08-05 15:54:28 -04:00
Linus Torvalds
6ba74014c1 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next-2.6
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next-2.6: (1443 commits)
  phy/marvell: add 88ec048 support
  igb: Program MDICNFG register prior to PHY init
  e1000e: correct MAC-PHY interconnect register offset for 82579
  hso: Add new product ID
  can: Add driver for esd CAN-USB/2 device
  l2tp: fix export of header file for userspace
  can-raw: Fix skb_orphan_try handling
  Revert "net: remove zap_completion_queue"
  net: cleanup inclusion
  phy/marvell: add 88e1121 interface mode support
  u32: negative offset fix
  net: Fix a typo from "dev" to "ndev"
  igb: Use irq_synchronize per vector when using MSI-X
  ixgbevf: fix null pointer dereference due to filter being set for VLAN 0
  e1000e: Fix irq_synchronize in MSI-X case
  e1000e: register pm_qos request on hardware activation
  ip_fragment: fix subtracting PPPOE_SES_HLEN from mtu twice
  net: Add getsockopt support for TCP thin-streams
  cxgb4: update driver version
  cxgb4: add new PCI IDs
  ...

Manually fix up conflicts in:
 - drivers/net/e1000e/netdev.c: due to pm_qos registration
   infrastructure changes
 - drivers/net/phy/marvell.c: conflict between adding 88ec048 support
   and cleaning up the IDs
 - drivers/net/wireless/ipw2x00/ipw2100.c: trivial ipw2100_pm_qos_req
   conflict (registration change vs marking it static)
2010-08-04 11:47:58 -07:00
David S. Miller
83bf2e4089 Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kaber/nf-next-2.6 2010-08-02 15:07:58 -07:00
Aneesh Kumar K.V
eda25e4616 net/9p: Implement TXATTRCREATE 9p call
TXATTRCREATE:  Prepare a fid for setting xattr value on a file system object.

 size[4] TXATTRCREATE tag[2] fid[4] name[s] attr_size[8] flags[4]
 size[4] RXATTRCREATE tag[2]

txattrcreate gets a fid pointing to xattr. This fid can later be
used to set the xattr value.

flag value is derived from set Linux setxattr. The manpage says
"The flags parameter can be used to refine the semantics of the operation.
XATTR_CREATE specifies a pure create, which fails if the named attribute
exists already. XATTR_REPLACE specifies a pure replace operation, which
fails if the named attribute does not already exist. By default (no flags),
the extended attribute will be created if need be, or will simply replace
the value if the attribute exists."

The actual setxattr operation happens when the fid is clunked. At that point
the written byte count and the attr_size specified in TXATTRCREATE should be
same otherwise an error will be returned.

Signed-off-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
2010-08-02 14:28:34 -05:00
Aneesh Kumar K.V
0ef63f345c net/9p: Implement attrwalk 9p call
TXATTRWALK: Descend a ATTR namespace

 size[4] TXATTRWALK tag[2] fid[4] newfid[4] name[s]
 size[4] RXATTRWALK tag[2] size[8]

txattrwalk gets a fid pointing to xattr. This fid can later be
used to read the xattr value. If name is NULL the fid returned
can be used to get the list of extended attribute associated to
the file system object.

Signed-off-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
2010-08-02 14:28:33 -05:00
M. Mohan Kumar
ef56547efa 9p: Implement LOPEN
Implement 9p2000.L version of open(LOPEN) interface in 9p client.

For LOPEN, no need to convert the flags to and from 9p mode to VFS mode.

Synopsis:

    size[4] Tlopen tag[2] fid[4] mode[4]

    size[4] Rlopen tag[2] qid[13] iounit[4]

[Fix mode bit format - jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com]

Signed-off-by: M. Mohan Kumar <mohan@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbegren <ericvh@gmail.com>
2010-08-02 14:28:32 -05:00
Venkateswararao Jujjuri (JV)
5643135a28 fs/9p: This patch implements TLCREATE for 9p2000.L protocol.
SYNOPSIS

    size[4] Tlcreate tag[2] fid[4] name[s] flags[4] mode[4] gid[4]

    size[4] Rlcreate tag[2] qid[13] iounit[4]

DESCRIPTION

The Tlreate request asks the file server to create a new regular file with the
name supplied, in the directory (dir) represented by fid.
The mode argument specifies the permissions to use. New file is created with
the uid if the fid and with supplied gid.

The flags argument represent Linux access mode flags with which the caller
is requesting to open the file with. Protocol allows all the Linux access
modes but it is upto the server to allow/disallow any of these acess modes.
If the server doesn't support any of the access mode, it is expected to
return error.

Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
2010-08-02 14:28:32 -05:00
M. Mohan Kumar
01a622bd74 9p: Implement TMKDIR
Implement TMKDIR as part of 2000.L Work

Synopsis

    size[4] Tmkdir tag[2] fid[4] name[s] mode[4] gid[4]

    size[4] Rmkdir tag[2] qid[13]

Description

    mkdir asks the file server to create a directory with given name,
    mode and gid. The qid for the new directory is returned with
    the mkdir reply message.

Note: 72 is selected as the opcode for TMKDIR from the reserved list.

Signed-off-by: M. Mohan Kumar <mohan@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
2010-08-02 14:28:31 -05:00
M. Mohan Kumar
4b43516ab1 9p: Implement TMKNOD
Synopsis

    size[4] Tmknod tag[2] fid[4] name[s] mode[4] major[4] minor[4] gid[4]

    size[4] Rmknod tag[2] qid[13]

Description

    mknod asks the file server to create a device node with given major and
    minor number, mode and gid. The qid for the new device node is returned
    with the mknod reply message.

[sripathik@in.ibm.com: Fix error handling code]

Signed-off-by: M. Mohan Kumar <mohan@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
2010-08-02 14:28:30 -05:00
Venkateswararao Jujjuri (JV)
50cc42ff3d 9p: Define and implement TSYMLINK for 9P2000.L
Create a symbolic link

SYNOPSIS

size[4] Tsymlink tag[2] fid[4] name[s] symtgt[s] gid[4]

size[4] Rsymlink tag[2] qid[13]

DESCRIPTION

Create a symbolic link named 'name' pointing to 'symtgt'.
gid represents the effective group id of the caller.
The  permissions of a symbolic link are irrelevant hence it is omitted
from the protocol.

Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Sripathi Kodi <sripathik@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
2010-08-02 14:28:29 -05:00
Venkateswararao Jujjuri (JV)
652df9a7fd 9p: Define and implement TLINK for 9P2000.L
This patch adds a helper function to get the dentry from inode and
uses it in creating a Hardlink

SYNOPSIS

size[4] Tlink tag[2] dfid[4] oldfid[4] newpath[s]

size[4] Rlink tag[2]

DESCRIPTION

Create a link 'newpath' in directory pointed by dfid linking to oldfid path.

[sripathik@in.ibm.com : p9_client_link should not free req structure
if p9_client_rpc has returned an error.]

Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
2010-08-02 14:28:25 -05:00
Sripathi Kodi
87d7845aa0 9p: Implement client side of setattr for 9P2000.L protocol.
SYNOPSIS

      size[4] Tsetattr tag[2] attr[n]

      size[4] Rsetattr tag[2]

    DESCRIPTION

      The setattr command changes some of the file status information.
      attr resembles the iattr structure used in Linux kernel. It
      specifies which status parameter is to be changed and to what
      value. It is laid out as follows:

         valid[4]
            specifies which status information is to be changed. Possible
            values are:
            ATTR_MODE       (1 << 0)
            ATTR_UID        (1 << 1)
            ATTR_GID        (1 << 2)
            ATTR_SIZE       (1 << 3)
            ATTR_ATIME      (1 << 4)
            ATTR_MTIME      (1 << 5)
            ATTR_ATIME_SET  (1 << 7)
            ATTR_MTIME_SET  (1 << 8)

            The last two bits represent whether the time information
            is being sent by the client's user space. In the absense
            of these bits the server always uses server's time.

         mode[4]
            File permission bits

         uid[4]
            Owner id of file

         gid[4]
            Group id of the file

         size[8]
            File size

         atime_sec[8]
            Time of last file access, seconds

         atime_nsec[8]
            Time of last file access, nanoseconds

         mtime_sec[8]
            Time of last file modification, seconds

         mtime_nsec[8]
            Time of last file modification, nanoseconds

Explanation of the patches:
--------------------------

*) The kernel just copies relevent contents of iattr structure to
   p9_iattr_dotl structure and passes it down to the client. The
   only check it has is calling inode_change_ok()
*) The p9_iattr_dotl structure does not have ctime and ia_file
   parameters because I don't think these are needed in our case.
   The client user space can request updating just ctime by calling
   chown(fd, -1, -1). This is handled on server side without a need
   for putting ctime on the wire.
*) The server currently supports changing mode, time, ownership and
   size of the file.
*) 9P RFC says "Either all the changes in wstat request happen, or
   none of them does: if the request succeeds, all changes were made;
   if it fails, none were."
   I have not done anything to implement this specifically because I
   don't see a reason.

Signed-off-by: Sripathi Kodi <sripathik@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
2010-08-02 14:25:10 -05:00
Sripathi Kodi
f085312204 9p: getattr client implementation for 9P2000.L protocol.
SYNOPSIS

              size[4] Tgetattr tag[2] fid[4] request_mask[8]

              size[4] Rgetattr tag[2] lstat[n]

           DESCRIPTION

              The getattr transaction inquires about the file identified by fid.
              request_mask is a bit mask that specifies which fields of the
              stat structure is the client interested in.

              The reply will contain a machine-independent directory entry,
              laid out as follows:

                 st_result_mask[8]
                    Bit mask that indicates which fields in the stat structure
                    have been populated by the server

                 qid.type[1]
                    the type of the file (directory, etc.), represented as a bit
                    vector corresponding to the high 8 bits of the file's mode
                    word.

                 qid.vers[4]
                    version number for given path

                 qid.path[8]
                    the file server's unique identification for the file

                 st_mode[4]
                    Permission and flags

                 st_uid[4]
                    User id of owner

                 st_gid[4]
                    Group ID of owner

                 st_nlink[8]
                    Number of hard links

                 st_rdev[8]
                    Device ID (if special file)

                 st_size[8]
                    Size, in bytes

                 st_blksize[8]
                    Block size for file system IO

                 st_blocks[8]
                    Number of file system blocks allocated

                 st_atime_sec[8]
                    Time of last access, seconds

                 st_atime_nsec[8]
                    Time of last access, nanoseconds

                 st_mtime_sec[8]
                    Time of last modification, seconds

                 st_mtime_nsec[8]
                    Time of last modification, nanoseconds

                 st_ctime_sec[8]
                    Time of last status change, seconds

                 st_ctime_nsec[8]
                    Time of last status change, nanoseconds

                 st_btime_sec[8]
                    Time of creation (birth) of file, seconds

                 st_btime_nsec[8]
                    Time of creation (birth) of file, nanoseconds

                 st_gen[8]
                    Inode generation

                 st_data_version[8]
                    Data version number

              request_mask and result_mask bit masks contain the following bits
                 #define P9_STATS_MODE          0x00000001ULL
                 #define P9_STATS_NLINK         0x00000002ULL
                 #define P9_STATS_UID           0x00000004ULL
                 #define P9_STATS_GID           0x00000008ULL
                 #define P9_STATS_RDEV          0x00000010ULL
                 #define P9_STATS_ATIME         0x00000020ULL
                 #define P9_STATS_MTIME         0x00000040ULL
                 #define P9_STATS_CTIME         0x00000080ULL
                 #define P9_STATS_INO           0x00000100ULL
                 #define P9_STATS_SIZE          0x00000200ULL
                 #define P9_STATS_BLOCKS        0x00000400ULL

                 #define P9_STATS_BTIME         0x00000800ULL
                 #define P9_STATS_GEN           0x00001000ULL
                 #define P9_STATS_DATA_VERSION  0x00002000ULL

                 #define P9_STATS_BASIC         0x000007ffULL
                 #define P9_STATS_ALL           0x00003fffULL

        This patch implements the client side of getattr implementation for
        9P2000.L. It introduces a new structure p9_stat_dotl for getting
        Linux stat information along with QID. The data layout is similar to
        stat structure in Linux user space with the following major
        differences:

        inode (st_ino) is not part of data. Instead qid is.

        device (st_dev) is not part of data because this doesn't make sense
        on the client.

        All time variables are 64 bit wide on the wire. The kernel seems to use
        32 bit variables for these variables. However, some of the architectures
        have used 64 bit variables and glibc exposes 64 bit variables to user
        space on some architectures. Hence to be on the safer side we have made
        these 64 bit in the protocol. Refer to the comments in
        include/asm-generic/stat.h

        There are some additional fields: st_btime_sec, st_btime_nsec, st_gen,
        st_data_version apart from the bitmask, st_result_mask. The bit mask
        is filled by the server to indicate which stat fields have been
        populated by the server. Currently there is no clean way for the
        server to obtain these additional fields, so it sends back just the
        basic fields.

Signed-off-by: Sripathi Kodi <sripathik@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbegren <ericvh@gmail.com>
2010-08-02 14:25:09 -05:00
Sripathi Kodi
7751bdb3a0 9p: readdir implementation for 9p2000.L
This patch implements the kernel part of readdir() implementation for 9p2000.L

    Change from V3: Instead of inode, server now sends qids for each dirent

    SYNOPSIS

    size[4] Treaddir tag[2] fid[4] offset[8] count[4]
    size[4] Rreaddir tag[2] count[4] data[count]

    DESCRIPTION

    The readdir request asks the server to read the directory specified by 'fid'
    at an offset specified by 'offset' and return as many dirent structures as
    possible that fit into count bytes. Each dirent structure is laid out as
    follows.

            qid.type[1]
              the type of the file (directory, etc.), represented as a bit
              vector corresponding to the high 8 bits of the file's mode
              word.

            qid.vers[4]
              version number for given path

            qid.path[8]
              the file server's unique identification for the file

            offset[8]
              offset into the next dirent.

            type[1]
              type of this directory entry.

            name[256]
              name of this directory entry.

    This patch adds v9fs_dir_readdir_dotl() as the readdir() call for 9p2000.L.
    This function sends P9_TREADDIR command to the server. In response the server
    sends a buffer filled with dirent structures. This is different from the
    existing v9fs_dir_readdir() call which receives stat structures from the server.
    This results in significant speedup of readdir() on large directories.
    For example, doing 'ls >/dev/null' on a directory with 10000 files on my
    laptop takes 1.088 seconds with the existing code, but only takes 0.339 seconds
    with the new readdir.

Signed-off-by: Sripathi Kodi <sripathik@in.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
2010-08-02 14:25:07 -05:00
Changli Gao
f43dc98b3b netfilter: nf_nat: make unique_tuple return void
The only user of unique_tuple() get_unique_tuple() doesn't care about the
return value of unique_tuple(), so make unique_tuple() return void (nothing).

Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
2010-08-02 17:20:54 +02:00
Simon Horman
5c0d2374a1 ipvs: provide default ip_vs_conn_{in,out}_get_proto
This removes duplicate code by providing a default implementation
which is used by 3 of the 4 modules that provide these call.

Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
2010-08-02 17:12:44 +02:00
Changli Gao
ee92d37861 netfilter: nf_conntrack_extend: introduce __nf_ct_ext_exist()
some users of nf_ct_ext_exist() know ct->ext isn't NULL. For these users, the
check for ct->ext isn't necessary, the function __nf_ct_ext_exist() can be
used instead.

the type of the return value of nf_ct_ext_exist() is changed to bool.

Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
2010-08-02 17:06:19 +02:00
David Miller
ea4bd8ba80 Bluetooth: Use list_head for HCI blacklist head
The bdaddr in the list root is completely unused and just
taking up space.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tested-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2010-07-31 16:06:58 -07:00
John W. Linville
ae3568adf4 Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless-next-2.6 into for-davem 2010-07-29 14:47:07 -04:00
Christian Lamparter
b7753c8cd5 cfg80211: fix dev <-> wiphy typo
Cc: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-07-29 12:55:00 -04:00
Johannes Berg
e5b900d228 mac80211: allow drivers to request DTIM period
Some features require knowing the DTIM period
before associating. This implements the ability
to wait for a beacon in mac80211 before assoc
to provide this value. It is optional since
most likely not all drivers will need this.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-07-29 12:55:00 -04:00
Felix Fietkau
4552124543 mac80211: inform drivers about the off-channel status on channel changes
For some drivers it can be useful to know whether the channel they're
supposed to switch to is going to be used for short off-channel work or
scanning, or whether the hardware is expected to stay on it for a while
longer. This is important for various kinds of calibration work, which
takes longer to complete and should keep some persistent state, even if
the channel temporarily changes.

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-07-28 16:24:02 -04:00
John W. Linville
099284bdec Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/holtmann/bluetooth-next-2.6 2010-07-28 16:17:49 -04:00
David S. Miller
bb7e95c8fd Merge branch 'master' of master.kernel.org:/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6
Conflicts:
	drivers/net/bnx2x_main.c

Merge bnx2x bug fixes in by hand... :-/

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-07-27 21:01:35 -07:00
Marcel Holtmann
e73439d8c0 Bluetooth: Defer SCO setup if mode change is pending
Certain headsets such as the Motorola H350 will reject SCO and eSCO
connection requests while the ACL is transitioning from sniff mode
to active mode. Add synchronization so that SCO and eSCO connection
requests will wait until the ACL has fully transitioned to active mode.

< HCI Command: Exit Sniff Mode (0x02|0x0004) plen 2
    handle 12
> HCI Event: Command Status (0x0f) plen 4
    Exit Sniff Mode (0x02|0x0004) status 0x00 ncmd 1
< HCI Command:  Setup Synchronous Connection (0x01|0x0028) plen 17
    handle 12 voice setting 0x0040
> HCI Event: Command Status (0x0f) plen 4
    Setup Synchronous Connection (0x01|0x0028) status 0x00 ncmd 1
> HCI Event: Number of Completed Packets (0x13) plen 5
    handle 12 packets 1
> HCI Event: Mode Change (0x14) plen 6
    status 0x00 handle 12 mode 0x00 interval 0
    Mode: Active
> HCI Event: Synchronous Connect Complete (0x2c) plen 17
    status 0x10 handle 14 bdaddr 00:1A:0E:50:28:A4 type SCO
    Error: Connection Accept Timeout Exceeded

Signed-off-by: Ron Shaffer <rshaffer@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2010-07-27 12:29:04 -07:00
Joe Perches
073730d771 wireless: Convert wiphy_debug macro to function
Save a few bytes of text

(allyesconfig)
$ size drivers/net/wireless/built-in.o*
   text	   data	    bss	    dec	    hex	filename
3924568	 100548	 871056	4896172	 4ab5ac	drivers/net/wireless/built-in.o.new
3926520	 100548	 871464	4898532	 4abee4	drivers/net/wireless/built-in.o.old

$ size net/wireless/core.o*
   text	   data	    bss	    dec	    hex	filename
  12843	    216	   3768	  16827	   41bb	net/wireless/core.o.new
  12328	    216	   3656	  16200	   3f48	net/wireless/core.o

Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-07-27 15:14:13 -04:00
Joe Perches
e1db74fcc3 include/net/cfg80211.h: Add wiphy_<level> printk equivalents
Simplify logging messages for wiphy devices

Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-07-27 15:14:13 -04:00
John W. Linville
800f65bba8 Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/holtmann/bluetooth-next-2.6
Conflicts:
	drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/iwl-commands.h
2010-07-27 11:59:19 -04:00
John W. Linville
3289a8368c lib80211: remove unused host_build_iv option
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-07-26 15:09:04 -04:00
stephen hemminger
3b87956ea6 net sched: fix race in mirred device removal
This fixes hang when target device of mirred packet classifier
action is removed.

If a mirror or redirection action is configured to cause packets
to go to another device, the classifier holds a ref count, but was assuming
the adminstrator cleaned up all redirections before removing. The fix
is to add a notifier and cleanup during unregister.

The new list is implicitly protected by RTNL mutex because
it is held during filter add/delete as well as notifier.

Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-07-24 21:04:20 -07:00
David S. Miller
2a88e7e559 Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless-next-2.6
Conflicts:
	drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/iwl-commands.h
2010-07-23 14:03:38 -07:00
Hannes Eder
7f1c407579 IPVS: make FTP work with full NAT support
Use nf_conntrack/nf_nat code to do the packet mangling and the TCP
sequence adjusting.  The function 'ip_vs_skb_replace' is now dead
code, so it is removed.

To SNAT FTP, use something like:

% iptables -t nat -A POSTROUTING -m ipvs --vaddr 192.168.100.30/32 \
    --vport 21 -j SNAT --to-source 192.168.10.10
and for the data connections in passive mode:

% iptables -t nat -A POSTROUTING -m ipvs --vaddr 192.168.100.30/32 \
    --vportctl 21 -j SNAT --to-source 192.168.10.10
using '-m state --state RELATED' would also works.

Make sure the kernel modules ip_vs_ftp, nf_conntrack_ftp, and
nf_nat_ftp are loaded.

[ up-port and minor fixes by Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au> ]
Signed-off-by: Hannes Eder <heder@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
2010-07-23 12:48:52 +02:00
Gustavo F. Padovan
3f30fc1570 net: remove last uses of __attribute__((packed))
Network code uses the __packed macro instead of __attribute__((packed)).

Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-07-21 14:44:29 -07:00
Gustavo F. Padovan
942875ffc1 irda: Use __packed annotation instead IRDA_PACKED macro
Remove IRDA_PACKED macro, which maps to __attribute__((packed)). IRDA is
one of the last users of __attribute__((packet)). Networking code uses
__packed now.

Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-07-21 14:44:29 -07:00
Gustavo F. Padovan
66c853cc21 Bluetooth: Use __packed annotation
To make net/ and include/net/ code consistent use __packed instead of
__attribute__ ((packed)). Bluetooth subsystem was one of the last net
subsys still using __attribute__ ((packed)).

Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2010-07-21 10:39:13 -07:00
Gustavo F. Padovan
5d8868ff3d Bluetooth: Add Google's copyright to L2CAP
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2010-07-21 10:39:12 -07:00
Suraj Sumangala
9981151086 Bluetooth: Implemented HCI frame reassembly for RX from stream
Implemented frame reassembly implementation for reassembling fragments
received from stream.

Signed-off-by: Suraj Sumangala <suraj@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2010-07-21 10:39:12 -07:00
Suraj Sumangala
33e882a5f2 Bluetooth: Implement hci_reassembly helper to reassemble RX packets
Implements feature to reassemble received HCI frames from any input stream

Signed-off-by: Suraj Sumangala <suraj@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2010-07-21 10:39:12 -07:00
Suraj Sumangala
cd4c53919e Bluetooth: Add one more buffer for HCI stream reassembly
Additional reassembly buffer to keep track of stream reasembly

Signed-off-by: Suraj Sumangala <suraj@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2010-07-21 10:39:12 -07:00
Gustavo F. Padovan
ce5706bd69 Bluetooth: Add Copyright notice to L2CAP
Copyright for the time I worked on L2CAP during the Google Summer of Code
program.

Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2010-07-21 10:39:11 -07:00
Gustavo F. Padovan
e0f66218b3 Bluetooth: Remove the send_lock spinlock from ERTM
Using a lock to deal with the ERTM race condition - interruption with
new data from the hci layer - is wrong. We should use the native skb
backlog queue.

Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2010-07-21 10:39:09 -07:00
Gustavo F. Padovan
cf6c2c0b9f Bluetooth: Disconnect early if mode is not supported
When mode is mandatory we shall not send connect request and report this
to the userspace as well.

Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2010-07-21 10:39:09 -07:00
Ron Shaffer
2d0a03460a Bluetooth: Reassigned copyright to Code Aurora Forum
Qualcomm, Inc. has reassigned rights to Code Aurora Forum. Accordingly,
as files are modified by Code Aurora Forum members, the copyright
statement will be updated.

Signed-off-by: Ron Shaffer <rshaffer@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2010-07-21 10:39:06 -07:00
Ron Shaffer
04fafe4ed7 Bluetooth: Remove extraneous white space
Deleted extraneous white space from the end of several lines

Signed-off-by: Ron Shaffer <rshaffer@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2010-07-21 10:39:05 -07:00
Johan Hedberg
f03585689f Bluetooth: Add blacklist support for incoming connections
In some circumstances it could be desirable to reject incoming
connections on the baseband level. This patch adds this feature through
two new ioctl's: HCIBLOCKADDR and HCIUNBLOCKADDR. Both take a simple
Bluetooth address as a parameter. BDADDR_ANY can be used with
HCIUNBLOCKADDR to remove all devices from the blacklist.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2010-07-21 10:39:05 -07:00
David S. Miller
11fe883936 Merge branch 'master' of master.kernel.org:/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6
Conflicts:
	drivers/vhost/net.c
	net/bridge/br_device.c

Fix merge conflict in drivers/vhost/net.c with guidance from
Stephen Rothwell.

Revert the effects of net-2.6 commit 573201f36f
since net-next-2.6 has fixes that make bridge netpoll work properly thus
we don't need it disabled.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-07-20 18:25:24 -07:00
John W. Linville
c28991a02c wireless: correct sparse warning in wext-compat.c
CHECK   net/wireless/wext-compat.c
net/wireless/wext-compat.c:1434:5: warning: symbol 'cfg80211_wext_siwpmksa' was not declared. Should it be static?

Add declaration in cfg80211.h.  Also add an EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL, since all
the peer functions have it.

Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-07-20 16:49:37 -04:00
John W. Linville
4f366c5dab wireless: only use alpha2 regulatory information from country IE
The meaning and/or usage of the country IE is somewhat poorly defined.
In practice, this means that regulatory rulesets in a country IE are
often incomplete and might be untrustworthy.  This removes the code
associated with interpreting those rulesets while preserving respect
for country "alpha2" codes also contained in the country IE.

Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-07-20 16:44:35 -04:00
Johannes Berg
4ced3f74da mac80211: move QoS-enable to BSS info
Ever since

commit e1b3ec1a2a
Author: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Date:   Mon Mar 29 12:18:34 2010 +0200

    mac80211: explicitly disable/enable QoS

mac80211 is telling drivers, in particular
iwlwifi, whether QoS is enabled or not.

However, this is only relevant for station mode,
since only then will any device send nullfunc
frames and need to know whether they should be
QoS frames or not. In other modes, there are
(currently) no frames the device is supposed to
send.

When you now consider virtual interfaces, it
becomes apparent that the current mechanism is
inadequate since it enables/disables QoS on a
global scale, where for nullfunc frames it has
to be on a per-interface scale.

Due to the above considerations, we can change
the way mac80211 advertises the QoS state to
drivers to only ever advertise it as "off" in
station mode, and make it a per-BSS setting.

Tested-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-07-20 16:02:58 -04:00
Eric Dumazet
f86586fa48 tcp: sizeof struct tcp_skb_cb is 44
Correct comment stating sizeof(struct tcp_skb_cb) is 36 or 40, since its
44 bytes, since commit 951dbc8ac7 ([IPV6]: Move nextheader offset
to the IP6CB).

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-07-15 21:41:00 -07:00
Pablo Neira Ayuso
cca5cf91c7 nfnetlink_log: do not expose NFULNL_COPY_DISABLED to user-space
This patch moves NFULNL_COPY_PACKET definition from
linux/netfilter/nfnetlink_log.h to net/netfilter/nfnetlink_log.h
since this copy mode is only for internal use.

I have also changed the value from 0x03 to 0xff. Thus, we avoid
a gap from user-space that may confuse users if we add new
copy modes in the future.

This change was introduced in:
http://www.spinics.net/lists/netfilter-devel/msg13535.html

Since this change is not included in any stable Linux kernel,
I think it's safe to make this change now. Anyway, this copy
mode does not make any sense from user-space, so this patch
should not break any existing setup.

Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
2010-07-15 11:27:41 +02:00
Tom Herbert
b0f77d0eae net: fix problem in reading sock TX queue
Fix problem in reading the tx_queue recorded in a socket.  In
dev_pick_tx, the TX queue is read by doing a check with
sk_tx_queue_recorded on the socket, followed by a sk_tx_queue_get.
The problem is that there is not mutual exclusion across these
calls in the socket so it it is possible that the queue in the
sock can be invalidated after sk_tx_queue_recorded is called so
that sk_tx_queue get returns -1, which sets 65535 in queue_index
and thus dev_pick_tx returns 65536 which is a bogus queue and
can cause crash in dev_queue_xmit.

We fix this by only calling sk_tx_queue_get which does the proper
checks.  The interface is that sk_tx_queue_get returns the TX queue
if the sock argument is non-NULL and TX queue is recorded, else it
returns -1.  sk_tx_queue_recorded is no longer used so it can be
completely removed.

Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-07-14 20:50:29 -07:00
Changli Gao
7ba4291007 inet, inet6: make tcp_sendmsg() and tcp_sendpage() through inet_sendmsg() and inet_sendpage()
a new boolean flag no_autobind is added to structure proto to avoid the autobind
calls when the protocol is TCP. Then sock_rps_record_flow() is called int the
TCP's sendmsg() and sendpage() pathes.

Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
----
 include/net/inet_common.h |    4 ++++
 include/net/sock.h        |    1 +
 include/net/tcp.h         |    8 ++++----
 net/ipv4/af_inet.c        |   15 +++++++++------
 net/ipv4/tcp.c            |   11 +++++------
 net/ipv4/tcp_ipv4.c       |    3 +++
 net/ipv6/af_inet6.c       |    8 ++++----
 net/ipv6/tcp_ipv6.c       |    3 +++
 8 files changed, 33 insertions(+), 20 deletions(-)
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-07-12 20:21:46 -07:00
Changli Gao
53d3176b28 net: cleanups
remove useless blanks.

Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
----
 include/net/inet_common.h |   55 ++++-------
 include/net/tcp.h         |  222 +++++++++++++++++-----------------------------
 include/net/udp.h         |   38 +++----
 3 files changed, 123 insertions(+), 192 deletions(-)
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-07-12 20:21:45 -07:00
David S. Miller
597e608a84 Merge branch 'master' of master.kernel.org:/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6 2010-07-07 15:59:38 -07:00
David S. Miller
e490c1defe Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kaber/nf-next-2.6 2010-07-02 22:42:06 -07:00
John Fastabend
f0796d5c73 net: decreasing real_num_tx_queues needs to flush qdisc
Reducing real_num_queues needs to flush the qdisc otherwise
skbs with queue_mappings greater then real_num_tx_queues can
be sent to the underlying driver.

The flow for this is,

dev_queue_xmit()
	dev_pick_tx()
		skb_tx_hash()  => hash using real_num_tx_queues
		skb_set_queue_mapping()
	...
	qdisc_enqueue_root() => enqueue skb on txq from hash
...
dev->real_num_tx_queues -= n
...
sch_direct_xmit()
	dev_hard_start_xmit()
		ndo_start_xmit(skb,dev) => skb queue set with old hash

skbs are enqueued on the qdisc with skb->queue_mapping set
0 < queue_mappings < real_num_tx_queues.  When the driver
decreases real_num_tx_queues skb's may be dequeued from the
qdisc with a queue_mapping greater then real_num_tx_queues.

This fixes a case in ixgbe where this was occurring with DCB
and FCoE. Because the driver is using queue_mapping to map
skbs to tx descriptor rings we can potentially map skbs to
rings that no longer exist.

Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Tested-by: Ross Brattain <ross.b.brattain@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-07-02 21:59:07 -07:00
John Fastabend
4ef6acff83 sched: qdisc_reset_all_tx is calling qdisc_reset without qdisc_lock
When calling qdisc_reset() the qdisc lock needs to be held.  In
this case there is at least one driver i4l which is using this
without holding the lock.  Add the locking here.

Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-07-02 21:59:07 -07:00
David S. Miller
05318bc905 Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless-next-2.6
Conflicts:
	drivers/net/wireless/libertas/host.h
2010-07-01 17:34:14 -07:00
Changli Gao
d6bebca92c fragment: add fast path for in-order fragments
add fast path for in-order fragments

As the fragments are sent in order in most of OSes, such as Windows, Darwin and
FreeBSD, it is likely the new fragments are at the end of the inet_frag_queue.
In the fast path, we check if the skb at the end of the inet_frag_queue is the
prev we expect.

Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
----
 include/net/inet_frag.h |    1 +
 net/ipv4/ip_fragment.c  |   12 ++++++++++++
 net/ipv6/reassembly.c   |   11 +++++++++++
 3 files changed, 24 insertions(+)
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-06-30 13:44:29 -07:00
Eric Dumazet
4ce3c183fc snmp: 64bit ipstats_mib for all arches
/proc/net/snmp and /proc/net/netstat expose SNMP counters.

Width of these counters is either 32 or 64 bits, depending on the size
of "unsigned long" in kernel.

This means user program parsing these files must already be prepared to
deal with 64bit values, regardless of user program being 32 or 64 bit.

This patch introduces 64bit snmp values for IPSTAT mib, where some
counters can wrap pretty fast if they are 32bit wide.

# netstat -s|egrep "InOctets|OutOctets"
    InOctets: 244068329096
    OutOctets: 244069348848

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-06-30 13:31:19 -07:00
Kulikov Vasiliy
787a34456d net/neighbour.h: fix typo
'Shoul' must be 'should'.

Signed-off-by: Kulikov Vasiliy <segooon@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-06-30 12:06:52 -07:00
Andreas Steffen
4efd7e8335 xfrm: fix XFRMA_MARK extraction in xfrm_mark_get
Determine the size of the xfrm_mark struct, not of its pointer.

Signed-off-by: Andreas Steffen <andreas.steffen@strongswan.org>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-06-30 10:43:31 -07:00
Sjur Braendeland
529d6dad5b caif-driver: Add CAIF-SPI Protocol driver.
This patch introduces the CAIF SPI Protocol Driver for
CAIF Link Layer.

This driver implements a platform driver to accommodate for a
platform specific SPI device. A general platform driver is not
possible as there are no SPI Slave side Kernel API defined.
A sample CAIF SPI Platform device can be found in
.../Documentation/networking/caif/spi_porting.txt

Signed-off-by: Sjur Braendeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-06-29 00:08:21 -07:00
Changli Gao
210d6de78c act_mirred: don't clone skb when skb isn't shared
don't clone skb when skb isn't shared

When the tcf_action is TC_ACT_STOLEN, and the skb isn't shared, we don't need
to clone a new skb. As the skb will be freed after this function returns, we
can use it freely once we get a reference to it.

Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
----
 include/net/sch_generic.h |   11 +++++++++--
 net/sched/act_mirred.c    |    6 +++---
 2 files changed, 12 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-)
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-06-28 23:24:32 -07:00
Florian Westphal
172d69e63c syncookies: add support for ECN
Allows use of ECN when syncookies are in effect by encoding ecn_ok
into the syn-ack tcp timestamp.

While at it, remove a uneeded #ifdef CONFIG_SYN_COOKIES.
With CONFIG_SYN_COOKIES=nm want_cookie is ifdef'd to 0 and gcc
removes the "if (0)".

Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-06-26 22:00:03 -07:00
Eric Dumazet
1823e4c80e snmp: add align parameter to snmp_mib_init()
In preparation for 64bit snmp counters for some mibs,
add an 'align' parameter to snmp_mib_init(), instead
of assuming mibs only contain 'unsigned long' fields.

Callers can use __alignof__(type) to provide correct
alignment.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
CC: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@ghostprotocols.net>
CC: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
CC: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-06-25 21:33:17 -07:00
Tim Gardner
a8756201ba netfilter: xt_connbytes: Force CT accounting to be enabled
Check at rule install time that CT accounting is enabled. Force it
to be enabled if not while also emitting a warning since this is not
the default state.

This is in preparation for deprecating CONFIG_NF_CT_ACCT upon which
CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_CONNBYTES depended being set.

Added 2 CT accounting support functions:

nf_ct_acct_enabled() - Get CT accounting state.
nf_ct_set_acct() - Enable/disable CT accountuing.

Signed-off-by: Tim Gardner <tim.gardner@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
2010-06-25 14:44:07 +02:00
Juuso Oikarinen
fa61cf70a6 cfg80211/mac80211: Update set_tx_power to use mBm instead of dBm units
In preparation for a TX power setting interface in the nl80211, change the
.set_tx_power function to use mBm units instead of dBm for greater accuracy and
smaller power levels.

Also, already in advance move the tx_power_setting enumeration to nl80211.

This change affects the .tx_set_power function prototype. As a result, the
corresponding changes are needed to modules using it. These are mac80211,
iwmc3200wifi and rndis_wlan.

Cc: Samuel Ortiz <samuel.ortiz@intel.com>
Cc: Jussi Kivilinna <jussi.kivilinna@mbnet.fi>
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Samuel Ortiz <samuel.ortiz@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jussi Kivilinna <jussi.kivilinna@mbnet.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-24 15:42:33 -04:00
David S. Miller
8244132ea8 Merge branch 'master' of master.kernel.org:/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6
Conflicts:
	net/ipv4/ip_output.c
2010-06-23 18:26:27 -07:00
Jiri Olsa
7b2ff18ee7 net - IP_NODEFRAG option for IPv4 socket
this patch is implementing IP_NODEFRAG option for IPv4 socket.
The reason is, there's no other way to send out the packet with user
customized header of the reassembly part.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Olsa <jolsa@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-06-23 13:16:38 -07:00
Justin P. Mattock
1dc8d8c06d net: Fix a typo in netlink.h
Fix a typo in include/net/netlink.h
should be finalize instead of finanlize

Signed-off-by: Justin P. Mattock <justinmattock@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-06-23 12:58:40 -07:00
Eric Dumazet
8f1c14b2e3 snmp: fix SNMP_ADD_STATS()
commit aa2ea0586d (tcp: fix outsegs stat for TSO segments) incorrectly
assumed SNMP_ADD_STATS() was used from BH context.

Fix this using mib[!in_softirq()] instead of mib[0]

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-06-23 11:48:19 -07:00
Juuso Oikarinen
f90754c15f mac80211: Add interface for driver to temporarily disable dynamic ps
This mechanism introduced in this patch applies (at least) for hardware
designs using a single shared antenna for both WLAN and BT. In these designs,
the antenna must be toggled between WLAN and BT.

In those hardware, managing WLAN co-existence with Bluetooth requires WLAN
full power save whenever there is Bluetooth activity in order for WLAN to be
able to periodically relinquish the antenna to be used for BT. This is because
BT can only access the shared antenna when WLAN is idle or asleep.

Some hardware, for instance the wl1271, are able to indicate to the host
whenever there is BT traffic. In essence, the hardware will send an indication
to the host whenever there is, for example, SCO traffic or A2DP traffic, and
will send another indication when the traffic is over.

The hardware gets information of Bluetooth traffic via hardware co-existence
control lines - these lines are used to negotiate the shared antenna
ownership. The hardware will give the antenna to BT whenever WLAN is sleeping.

This patch adds the interface to mac80211 to facilitate temporarily disabling
of dynamic power save as per request of the WLAN driver. This interface will
immediately force WLAN to full powersave, hence allowing BT coexistence as
described above.

In these kind of shared antenna desings, when WLAN powersave is fully disabled,
Bluetooth will not work simultaneously with WLAN at all. This patch does not
address that problem. This interface will not change PSM state, so if PSM is
disabled it will remain so. Solving this problem requires knowledge about BT
state, and is best done in user-space.

Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-21 15:39:59 -04:00
Sjur Braendeland
2aa40aef9d caif: Use link layer MTU instead of fixed MTU
Previously CAIF supported maximum transfer size of ~4050.
The transfer size is now calculated dynamically based on the
link layers mtu size.

Signed-off-by: Sjur Braendeland@stericsson.com
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-06-20 19:46:06 -07:00
Sjur Braendeland
a7da1f55a8 caif: Bugfix - RFM must support segmentation.
CAIF Remote File Manager may send or receive more than 4050 bytes.
Due to this The CAIF RFM service have to support segmentation.

Signed-off-by: Sjur Braendeland@stericsson.com
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-06-20 19:46:05 -07:00
Sjur Braendeland
b1c74247b9 caif: Bugfix not all services uses flow-ctrl.
Flow control is not used by all CAIF services.
The usage of flow control is now part of the gerneal
initialization function for CAIF Services.

Signed-off-by: Sjur Braendeland@stericsson.com
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-06-20 19:46:05 -07:00
David S. Miller
bb9c03d8a6 Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless-next-2.6 2010-06-17 14:19:06 -07:00
Patrick McHardy
c68cd6cc21 netfilter: nf_nat: support user-specified SNAT rules in LOCAL_IN
2.6.34 introduced 'conntrack zones' to deal with cases where packets
from multiple identical networks are handled by conntrack/NAT. Packets
are looped through veth devices, during which they are NATed to private
addresses, after which they can continue normally through the stack
and possibly have NAT rules applied a second time.

This works well, but is needlessly complicated for cases where only
a single SNAT/DNAT mapping needs to be applied to these packets. In that
case, all that needs to be done is to assign each network to a seperate
zone and perform NAT as usual. However this doesn't work for packets
destined for the machine performing NAT itself since its corrently not
possible to configure SNAT mappings for the LOCAL_IN chain.

This patch adds a new INPUT chain to the NAT table and changes the
targets performing SNAT to be usable in that chain.

Example usage with two identical networks (192.168.0.0/24) on eth0/eth1:

iptables -t raw -A PREROUTING -i eth0 -j CT --zone 1
iptables -t raw -A PREROUTING -i eth0 -j MARK --set-mark 1
iptables -t raw -A PREROUTING -i eth1 -j CT --zone 2
iptabels -t raw -A PREROUTING -i eth1 -j MARK --set-mark 2

iptables -t nat -A INPUT       -m mark --mark 1 -j NETMAP --to 10.0.0.0/24
iptables -t nat -A POSTROUTING -m mark --mark 1 -j NETMAP --to 10.0.0.0/24
iptables -t nat -A INPUT       -m mark --mark 2 -j NETMAP --to 10.0.1.0/24
iptables -t nat -A POSTROUTING -m mark --mark 2 -j NETMAP --to 10.0.1.0/24

iptables -t raw -A PREROUTING -d 10.0.0.0/24 -j CT --zone 1
iptables -t raw -A OUTPUT     -d 10.0.0.0/24 -j CT --zone 1
iptables -t raw -A PREROUTING -d 10.0.1.0/24 -j CT --zone 2
iptables -t raw -A OUTPUT     -d 10.0.1.0/24 -j CT --zone 2

iptables -t nat -A PREROUTING -d 10.0.0.0/24 -j NETMAP --to 192.168.0.0/24
iptables -t nat -A OUTPUT     -d 10.0.0.0/24 -j NETMAP --to 192.168.0.0/24
iptables -t nat -A PREROUTING -d 10.0.1.0/24 -j NETMAP --to 192.168.0.0/24
iptables -t nat -A OUTPUT     -d 10.0.1.0/24 -j NETMAP --to 192.168.0.0/24

Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
2010-06-17 06:12:26 +02:00
Eric W. Biederman
7361c36c52 af_unix: Allow credentials to work across user and pid namespaces.
In unix_skb_parms store pointers to struct pid and struct cred instead
of raw uid, gid, and pid values, then translate the credentials on
reception into values that are meaningful in the receiving processes
namespaces.

Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-06-16 14:58:16 -07:00
Eric W. Biederman
257b5358b3 scm: Capture the full credentials of the scm sender.
Start capturing not only the userspace pid, uid and gid values of the
sending process but also the struct pid and struct cred of the sending
process as well.

This is in preparation for properly supporting SCM_CREDENTIALS for
sockets that have different uid and/or pid namespaces at the different
ends.

Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Serge E. Hallyn <serge@hallyn.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-06-16 14:55:56 -07:00
Eric W. Biederman
109f6e39fa af_unix: Allow SO_PEERCRED to work across namespaces.
Use struct pid and struct cred to store the peer credentials on struct
sock.  This gives enough information to convert the peer credential
information to a value relative to whatever namespace the socket is in
at the time.

This removes nasty surprises when using SO_PEERCRED on socket
connetions where the processes on either side are in different pid and
user namespaces.

Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Lezcano <daniel.lezcano@free.fr>
Acked-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-06-16 14:55:55 -07:00
Eric W. Biederman
812e876e84 scm: Reorder scm_cookie.
Reorder the fields in scm_cookie so they pack better on 64bit.

Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-06-16 14:55:34 -07:00
Florian Westphal
8c76368174 syncookies: check decoded options against sysctl settings
Discard the ACK if we find options that do not match current sysctl
settings.

Previously it was possible to create a connection with sack, wscale,
etc. enabled even if the feature was disabled via sysctl.

Also remove an unneeded call to tcp_sack_reset() in
cookie_check_timestamp: Both call sites (cookie_v4_check,
cookie_v6_check) zero "struct tcp_options_received", hand it to
tcp_parse_options() (which does not change tcp_opt->num_sacks/dsack)
and then call cookie_check_timestamp().

Even if num_sacks/dsacks were changed, the structure is allocated on
the stack and after cookie_check_timestamp returns only a few selected
members are copied to the inet_request_sock.

Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-06-16 14:42:15 -07:00
Eric Dumazet
317fe0e6c5 inetpeer: restore small inet_peer structures
Addition of rcu_head to struct inet_peer added 16bytes on 64bit arches.

Thats a bit unfortunate, since old size was exactly 64 bytes.

This can be solved, using an union between this rcu_head an four fields,
that are normally used only when a refcount is taken on inet_peer.
rcu_head is used only when refcnt=-1, right before structure freeing.

Add a inet_peer_refcheck() function to check this assertion for a while.

We can bring back SLAB_HWCACHE_ALIGN qualifier in kmem cache creation.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-06-16 11:55:39 -07:00
Eric Dumazet
aa1039e73c inetpeer: RCU conversion
inetpeer currently uses an AVL tree protected by an rwlock.

It's possible to make most lookups use RCU

1) Add a struct rcu_head to struct inet_peer

2) add a lookup_rcu_bh() helper to perform lockless and opportunistic
lookup. This is a normal function, not a macro like lookup().

3) Add a limit to number of links followed by lookup_rcu_bh(). This is
needed in case we fall in a loop.

4) add an smp_wmb() in link_to_pool() right before node insert.

5) make unlink_from_pool() use atomic_cmpxchg() to make sure it can take
last reference to an inet_peer, since lockless readers could increase
refcount, even while we hold peers.lock.

6) Delay struct inet_peer freeing after rcu grace period so that
lookup_rcu_bh() cannot crash.

7) inet_getpeer() first attempts lockless lookup.
   Note this lookup can fail even if target is in AVL tree, but a
concurrent writer can let tree in a non correct form.
   If this attemps fails, lock is taken a regular lookup is performed
again.

8) convert peers.lock from rwlock to a spinlock

9) Remove SLAB_HWCACHE_ALIGN when peer_cachep is created, because
rcu_head adds 16 bytes on 64bit arches, doubling effective size (64 ->
128 bytes)
In a future patch, this is probably possible to revert this part, if rcu
field is put in an union to share space with rid, ip_id_count, tcp_ts &
tcp_ts_stamp. These fields being manipulated only with refcnt > 0.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-06-15 14:23:38 -07:00
David S. Miller
16fb62b6b4 Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kaber/nf-next-2.6 2010-06-15 13:49:24 -07:00
Juuso Oikarinen
ff61638105 mac80211: Fix ps-qos network latency handling
The ps-qos latency handling is broken. It uses predetermined latency values
to select specific dynamic PS timeouts. With common AP configurations, these
values overlap with beacon interval and are therefore essentially useless
(for network latencies less than the beacon interval, PSM is disabled.)

This patch remedies the problem by replacing the predetermined network latency
values with one high value (1900ms) which is used to go trigger full psm. For
backwards compatibility, the value 2000ms is still mapped to a dynamic ps
timeout of 100ms.

Currently also the mac80211 internal value for storing user space configured
dynamic PSM values is incorrectly in the driver visible ieee80211_conf struct.
Move it to the ieee80211_local struct.

Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-15 16:00:48 -04:00
Changli Gao
a3433f35a5 tcp: unify tcp flag macros
unify tcp flag macros: TCPHDR_FIN, TCPHDR_SYN, TCPHDR_RST, TCPHDR_PSH,
TCPHDR_ACK, TCPHDR_URG, TCPHDR_ECE and TCPHDR_CWR. TCBCB_FLAG_* are replaced
with the corresponding TCPHDR_*.

Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
----
 include/net/tcp.h                      |   24 ++++++-------
 net/ipv4/tcp.c                         |    8 ++--
 net/ipv4/tcp_input.c                   |    2 -
 net/ipv4/tcp_output.c                  |   59 ++++++++++++++++-----------------
 net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_proto_tcp.c |   32 ++++++-----------
 net/netfilter/xt_TCPMSS.c              |    4 --
 6 files changed, 58 insertions(+), 71 deletions(-)
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-06-15 11:56:19 -07:00
Patrick McHardy
f9181f4ffc Merge branch 'master' of /repos/git/net-next-2.6
Conflicts:
	include/net/netfilter/xt_rateest.h
	net/bridge/br_netfilter.c
	net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_core.c

Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
2010-06-15 17:31:06 +02:00
Juuso Oikarinen
685429623f mac80211: Fix circular locking dependency in ARP filter handling
There is a circular locking dependency when configuring the
hardware ARP filters on association, occurring when flushing the mac80211
workqueue. This is what happens:

[   92.026800] =======================================================
[   92.030507] [ INFO: possible circular locking dependency detected ]
[   92.030507] 2.6.34-04781-g2b2c009 #85
[   92.030507] -------------------------------------------------------
[   92.030507] modprobe/5225 is trying to acquire lock:
[   92.030507]  ((wiphy_name(local->hw.wiphy))){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffff8105b5c0>] flush_workq
ueue+0x0/0xb0
[   92.030507]
[   92.030507] but task is already holding lock:
[   92.030507]  (rtnl_mutex){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffff812b9ce2>] rtnl_lock+0x12/0x20
[   92.030507]
[   92.030507] which lock already depends on the new lock.
[   92.030507]
[   92.030507]
[   92.030507] the existing dependency chain (in reverse order) is:
[   92.030507]
[   92.030507] -> #2 (rtnl_mutex){+.+.+.}:
[   92.030507]        [<ffffffff810761fb>] lock_acquire+0xdb/0x110
[   92.030507]        [<ffffffff81341754>] mutex_lock_nested+0x44/0x300
[   92.030507]        [<ffffffff812b9ce2>] rtnl_lock+0x12/0x20
[   92.030507]        [<ffffffffa022d47c>] ieee80211_assoc_done+0x6c/0xe0 [mac80211]
[   92.030507]        [<ffffffffa022f2ad>] ieee80211_work_work+0x31d/0x1280 [mac80211]

[   92.030507] -> #1 ((&local->work_work)){+.+.+.}:
[   92.030507]        [<ffffffff810761fb>] lock_acquire+0xdb/0x110
[   92.030507]        [<ffffffff8105a51a>] worker_thread+0x22a/0x370
[   92.030507]        [<ffffffff8105ecc6>] kthread+0x96/0xb0
[   92.030507]        [<ffffffff81003a94>] kernel_thread_helper+0x4/0x10
[   92.030507]
[   92.030507] -> #0 ((wiphy_name(local->hw.wiphy))){+.+.+.}:
[   92.030507]        [<ffffffff81075fdc>] __lock_acquire+0x1c0c/0x1d50
[   92.030507]        [<ffffffff810761fb>] lock_acquire+0xdb/0x110
[   92.030507]        [<ffffffff8105b60e>] flush_workqueue+0x4e/0xb0
[   92.030507]        [<ffffffffa023ff7b>] ieee80211_stop_device+0x2b/0xb0 [mac80211]
[   92.030507]        [<ffffffffa0231635>] ieee80211_stop+0x3e5/0x680 [mac80211]

The locking in this case is quite complex. Fix the problem by rewriting the
way the hardware ARP filter list is handled - i.e. make a copy of the address
list to the bss_conf struct, and provide that list to the hardware driver
when needed.

The current patch will enable filtering also in promiscuous mode. This may need
to be changed in the future.

Reported-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-14 15:42:31 -04:00
Teemu Paasikivi
fbd2c8dcbc mac80211: Set basic rates while joining ibss network
This patch adds support to nl80211 and mac80211 to set basic rates when
joining/creating ibss network.

Original patch was posted by Johannes Berg on the linux-wireless posting list.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Teemu Paasikivi <ext-teemu.3.paasikivi@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-14 15:39:34 -04:00
Johannes Berg
85ad181ea7 mac80211: allow drivers to sleep in ampdu_action
Allow drivers to sleep, and indicate this in
the documentation. ath9k has some locking I
don't understand, so keep it safe and disable
BHs in it, all other drivers look fine with
the context change.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-14 15:39:28 -04:00
Johannes Berg
5d22c89b9b mac80211: remove non-irqsafe aggregation callbacks
The non-irqsafe aggregation start/stop done
callbacks are currently only used by ath9k_htc,
and can cause callbacks into the driver again.
This might lead to locking issues, which will
only get worse as we modify locking. To avoid
trouble, remove the non-irqsafe versions and
change ath9k_htc to use those instead.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-14 15:39:27 -04:00
Eric Dumazet
c7de2cf053 pkt_sched: gen_kill_estimator() rcu fixes
gen_kill_estimator() API is incomplete or not well documented, since
caller should make sure an RCU grace period is respected before
freeing stats_lock.

This was partially addressed in commit 5d944c640b
(gen_estimator: deadlock fix), but same problem exist for all
gen_kill_estimator() users, if lock they use is not already RCU
protected.

A code review shows xt_RATEEST.c, act_api.c, act_police.c have this
problem. Other are ok because they use qdisc lock, already RCU
protected.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-06-11 18:37:08 -07:00
David S. Miller
14599f1e34 Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless-next-2.6
Conflicts:
	drivers/net/wireless/wl12xx/wl1271.h
	drivers/net/wireless/wl12xx/wl1271_cmd.h
2010-06-11 11:34:06 -07:00
Changli Gao
d8d1f30b95 net-next: remove useless union keyword
remove useless union keyword in rtable, rt6_info and dn_route.

Since there is only one member in a union, the union keyword isn't useful.

Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-06-10 23:31:35 -07:00
Eric Dumazet
592fcb9dfa ip: ip_ra_control() rcu fix
commit 66018506e1 (ip: Router Alert RCU conversion) introduced RCU
lookups to ip_call_ra_chain(). It missed proper deinit phase :
When ip_ra_control() deletes an ip_ra_chain, it should make sure
ip_call_ra_chain() users can not start to use socket during the rcu
grace period. It should also delay the sock_put() after the grace
period, or we risk a premature socket freeing and corruptions, as
raw sockets are not rcu protected yet.

This delay avoids using expensive atomic_inc_not_zero() in
ip_call_ra_chain().

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-06-10 22:47:08 -07:00
Jiri Pirko
88e7594a97 phonet: use call_rcu for phonet device free
Use call_rcu rather than synchronize_rcu.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-06-09 16:14:25 -07:00
Eric Dumazet
b3c5163fe0 netfilter: nf_conntrack: per_cpu untracking
NOTRACK makes all cpus share a cache line on nf_conntrack_untracked
twice per packet, slowing down performance.

This patch converts it to a per_cpu variable.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
2010-06-09 14:43:38 +02:00
Eric Dumazet
5bfddbd46a netfilter: nf_conntrack: IPS_UNTRACKED bit
NOTRACK makes all cpus share a cache line on nf_conntrack_untracked
twice per packet. This is bad for performance.
__read_mostly annotation is also a bad choice.

This patch introduces IPS_UNTRACKED bit so that we can use later a
per_cpu untrack structure more easily.

A new helper, nf_ct_untracked_get() returns a pointer to
nf_conntrack_untracked.

Another one, nf_ct_untracked_status_or() is used by nf_nat_init() to add
IPS_NAT_DONE_MASK bits to untracked status.

nf_ct_is_untracked() prototype is changed to work on a nf_conn pointer.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
2010-06-08 16:09:52 +02:00
Johannes Berg
abe37c4b84 wireless: fix kernel-doc
Fix a whole bunch of kernel-doc warnings
and errors that crop up when running it on
mac80211 and cfg80211; the latter isn't
normally done so lots of bit-rot happened.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-08 09:31:21 -04:00
Eric Dumazet
339bb99e4a netfilter: xt_rateest: Better struct xt_rateest layout
We currently dirty two cache lines in struct xt_rateest, this hurts SMP
performance.

This patch moves lock/bstats/rstats at beginning of structure so that
they share a single cache line.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
2010-06-08 14:11:19 +02:00
Eric Dumazet
66018506e1 ip: Router Alert RCU conversion
Straightforward conversion to RCU.

One rwlock becomes a spinlock, and is static.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-06-07 21:25:21 -07:00
Tom Herbert
a8b690f98b tcp: Fix slowness in read /proc/net/tcp
This patch address a serious performance issue in reading the
TCP sockets table (/proc/net/tcp).

Reading the full table is done by a number of sequential read
operations.  At each read operation, a seek is done to find the
last socket that was previously read.  This seek operation requires
that the sockets in the table need to be counted up to the current
file position, and to count each of these requires taking a lock for
each non-empty bucket.  The whole algorithm is O(n^2).

The fix is to cache the last bucket value, offset within the bucket,
and the file position returned by the last read operation.   On the
next sequential read, the bucket and offset are used to find the
last read socket immediately without needing ot scan the previous
buckets  the table.  This algorithm t read the whole table is O(n).

The improvement offered by this patch is easily show by performing
cat'ing /proc/net/tcp on a machine with a lot of connections.  With
about 182K connections in the table, I see the following:

- Without patch
time cat /proc/net/tcp > /dev/null

real	1m56.729s
user	0m0.214s
sys	1m56.344s

- With patch
time cat /proc/net/tcp > /dev/null

real	0m0.894s
user	0m0.290s
sys	0m0.594s

Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-06-07 00:43:42 -07:00
David S. Miller
eedc765ca4 Merge branch 'master' of master.kernel.org:/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6
Conflicts:
	drivers/net/sfc/net_driver.h
	drivers/net/sfc/siena.c
2010-06-06 17:42:02 -07:00
Steffen Klassert
8764ab2ca7 net: check for refcount if pop a stacked dst_entry
xfrm triggers a warning if dst_pop() drops a refcount
on a noref dst. This patch changes dst_pop() to
skb_dst_pop(). skb_dst_pop() drops the refcnt only
on a refcounted dst. Also we don't clone the child
dst_entry, so it is not refcounted and we can use
skb_dst_set_noref() in xfrm_output_one().

Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-06-04 15:56:00 -07:00
Sujith
38a6cc7538 mac80211: Remove deprecated sta_notify commands
STA_NOTIFY_ADD and STA_NOTIFY_REMOVE have no users anymore,
and station addition/removal are indicated to drivers
using sta_add() and sta_remove(), which can sleep.

Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-04 15:32:25 -04:00
Johannes Berg
6a8579d0e6 mac80211: clean up ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session
There's no sense in letting anything but internal
mac80211 functions set the initiator to anything
but WLAN_BACK_INITIATOR, since WLAN_BACK_RECIPIENT
is only valid when we have received a frame from
the peer, which we react to directly in mac80211.

The debugfs code I recently added got this wrong
as well.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-03 14:10:45 -04:00
Juuso Oikarinen
2b2c009ecf mac80211: Add support for hardware ARP query filtering
Some hardware allow extended filtering of ARP frames not intended for
the host. To perform such filtering, the hardware needs to know the current
IP address(es) of the host, bound to its interface.

Add support for ARP filtering to mac80211 by adding a new op to the driver
interface, allowing to configure the current IP addresses. This op is called
upon association with the currently configured address(es), and when
associated whenever the IP address(es) change.

This patch adds configuration of IPv4 addresses only, as IPv6 addresses don't
need ARP filtering.

Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-03 14:10:45 -04:00
Johannes Berg
095dfdb0c4 mac80211: remove tx status ampdu_ack_map
There's a single use of this struct member, but
as it is write-only it clearly not necessary.
Thus we can free up some space here, even if we
don't need it right now it seems pointless to
carry around the variable.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-03 14:10:44 -04:00
Eric Dumazet
bc10502dba net: use __packed annotation
cleanup patch.

Use new __packed annotation in net/ and include/
(except netfilter)

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-06-03 03:21:52 -07:00
Johannes Berg
252aa631f8 cfg80211: make action channel type optional
When sending action frames, we want to verify
that we do that on the correct channel. However,
checking the channel type in addition can get in
the way, since the channel type could change on
the fly during an association, and it's not
useful to have the channel type anyway since it
has no effect on the transmission. Therefore,
make it optional to specify so that if wanted,
it can still be checked, but is not required.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-02 16:13:27 -04:00
Walter Goldens
77c2061d10 wireless: fix several minor description typos
Signed-off-by: Walter Goldens <goldenstranger@yahoo.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-02 16:13:18 -04:00
Arnaud Ebalard
20c59de2e6 ipv6: Refactor update of IPv6 flowi destination address for srcrt (RH) option
There are more than a dozen occurrences of following code in the
IPv6 stack:

    if (opt && opt->srcrt) {
            struct rt0_hdr *rt0 = (struct rt0_hdr *) opt->srcrt;
            ipv6_addr_copy(&final, &fl.fl6_dst);
            ipv6_addr_copy(&fl.fl6_dst, rt0->addr);
            final_p = &final;
    }

Replace those with a helper. Note that the helper overrides final_p
in all cases. This is ok as final_p was previously initialized to
NULL when declared.

Signed-off-by: Arnaud Ebalard <arno@natisbad.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-06-02 07:08:31 -07:00
Eric Dumazet
c2d9ba9bce net: CONFIG_NET_NS reduction
Use read_pnet() and write_pnet() to reduce number of ifdef CONFIG_NET_NS

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-06-02 05:16:23 -07:00
Eric Dumazet
79640a4ca6 net: add additional lock to qdisc to increase throughput
When many cpus compete for sending frames on a given qdisc, the qdisc
spinlock suffers from very high contention.

The cpu owning __QDISC_STATE_RUNNING bit has same priority to acquire
the lock, and cannot dequeue packets fast enough, since it must wait for
this lock for each dequeued packet.

One solution to this problem is to force all cpus spinning on a second
lock before trying to get the main lock, when/if they see
__QDISC_STATE_RUNNING already set.

The owning cpu then compete with at most one other cpu for the main
lock, allowing for higher dequeueing rate.

Based on a previous patch from Alexander Duyck. I added the heuristic to
avoid the atomic in fast path, and put the new lock far away from the
cache line used by the dequeue worker. Also try to release the busylock
lock as late as possible.

Tests with following script gave a boost from ~50.000 pps to ~600.000
pps on a dual quad core machine (E5450 @3.00GHz), tg3 driver.
(A single netperf flow can reach ~800.000 pps on this platform)

for j in `seq 0 3`; do
  for i in `seq 0 7`; do
    netperf -H 192.168.0.1 -t UDP_STREAM -l 60 -N -T $i -- -m 6 &
  done
done

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-06-02 05:09:29 -07:00
Eric Dumazet
3711210576 net: QDISC_STATE_RUNNING dont need atomic bit ops
__QDISC_STATE_RUNNING is always changed while qdisc lock is held.

We can avoid two atomic operations in xmit path, if we move this bit in
a new __state container.

Location of this __state container is carefully chosen so that fast path
only dirties one qdisc cache line.

THROTTLED bit could later be moved into this __state location too, to
avoid dirtying first qdisc cache line.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-06-02 03:24:13 -07:00
Eric Dumazet
bc135b23d0 net: Define accessors to manipulate QDISC_STATE_RUNNING
Define three helpers to manipulate QDISC_STATE_RUNNIG flag, that a
second patch will move on another location.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-06-02 03:23:51 -07:00
Eric Dumazet
b1faf56664 net: sock_queue_err_skb() dont mess with sk_forward_alloc
Correct sk_forward_alloc handling for error_queue would need to use a
backlog of frames that softirq handler could not deliver because socket
is owned by user thread. Or extend backlog processing to be able to
process normal and error packets.

Another possibility is to not use mem charge for error queue, this is
what I implemented in this patch.

Note: this reverts commit 29030374
(net: fix sk_forward_alloc corruptions), since we dont need to lock
socket anymore.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-05-31 23:44:05 -07:00
Linus Torvalds
72da3bc0cb Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (22 commits)
  netlink: bug fix: wrong size was calculated for vfinfo list blob
  netlink: bug fix: don't overrun skbs on vf_port dump
  xt_tee: use skb_dst_drop()
  netdev/fec: fix ifconfig eth0 down hang issue
  cnic: Fix context memory init. on 5709.
  drivers/net: Eliminate a NULL pointer dereference
  drivers/net/hamradio: Eliminate a NULL pointer dereference
  be2net: Patch removes redundant while statement in loop.
  ipv6: Add GSO support on forwarding path
  net: fix __neigh_event_send()
  vhost: fix the memory leak which will happen when memory_access_ok fails
  vhost-net: fix to check the return value of copy_to/from_user() correctly
  vhost: fix to check the return value of copy_to/from_user() correctly
  vhost: Fix host panic if ioctl called with wrong index
  net: fix lock_sock_bh/unlock_sock_bh
  net/iucv: Add missing spin_unlock
  net: ll_temac: fix checksum offload logic
  net: ll_temac: fix interrupt bug when interrupt 0 is used
  sctp: dubious bitfields in sctp_transport
  ipmr: off by one in __ipmr_fill_mroute()
  ...
2010-05-28 10:18:40 -07:00
Eric Dumazet
8a74ad60a5 net: fix lock_sock_bh/unlock_sock_bh
This new sock lock primitive was introduced to speedup some user context
socket manipulation. But it is unsafe to protect two threads, one using
regular lock_sock/release_sock, one using lock_sock_bh/unlock_sock_bh

This patch changes lock_sock_bh to be careful against 'owned' state.
If owned is found to be set, we must take the slow path.
lock_sock_bh() now returns a boolean to say if the slow path was taken,
and this boolean is used at unlock_sock_bh time to call the appropriate
unlock function.

After this change, BH are either disabled or enabled during the
lock_sock_bh/unlock_sock_bh protected section. This might be misleading,
so we rename these functions to lock_sock_fast()/unlock_sock_fast().

Reported-by: Anton Blanchard <anton@samba.org>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Anton Blanchard <anton@samba.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-05-27 00:30:53 -07:00
Dan Carpenter
ff937938e7 sctp: dubious bitfields in sctp_transport
Sparse complains because these one-bit bitfields are signed.
  include/net/sctp/structs.h:879:24: error: dubious one-bit signed bitfield
  include/net/sctp/structs.h:889:31: error: dubious one-bit signed bitfield
  include/net/sctp/structs.h:895:26: error: dubious one-bit signed bitfield
  include/net/sctp/structs.h:898:31: error: dubious one-bit signed bitfield
  include/net/sctp/structs.h:901:27: error: dubious one-bit signed bitfield

It doesn't cause a problem in the current code, but it would be better
to clean it up.  This was introduced by c0058a35aa: "sctp: Save some
room in the sctp_transport by using bitfields".

Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <error27@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-05-26 00:40:11 -07:00
Herbert Xu
ea16f912a6 cls_cgroup: Initialise classid when module is absent
When the cls_cgroup module is not loaded, task_cls_classid will
return an uninitialised classid instead of zero.

Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-05-25 18:53:57 -07:00
Linus Torvalds
b1cdc4670b Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (63 commits)
  drivers/net/usb/asix.c: Fix pointer cast.
  be2net: Bug fix to avoid disabling bottom half during firmware upgrade.
  proc_dointvec: write a single value
  hso: add support for new products
  Phonet: fix potential use-after-free in pep_sock_close()
  ath9k: remove VEOL support for ad-hoc
  ath9k: change beacon allocation to prefer the first beacon slot
  sock.h: fix kernel-doc warning
  cls_cgroup: Fix build error when built-in
  macvlan: do proper cleanup in macvlan_common_newlink() V2
  be2net: Bug fix in init code in probe
  net/dccp: expansion of error code size
  ath9k: Fix rx of mcast/bcast frames in PS mode with auto sleep
  wireless: fix sta_info.h kernel-doc warnings
  wireless: fix mac80211.h kernel-doc warnings
  iwlwifi: testing the wrong variable in iwl_add_bssid_station()
  ath9k_htc: rare leak in ath9k_hif_usb_alloc_tx_urbs()
  ath9k_htc: dereferencing before check in hif_usb_tx_cb()
  rt2x00: Fix rt2800usb TX descriptor writing.
  rt2x00: Fix failed SLEEP->AWAKE and AWAKE->SLEEP transitions.
  ...
2010-05-25 16:59:51 -07:00
David S. Miller
a261af927d Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless-2.6 2010-05-25 13:15:11 -07:00
Alexey Dobriyan
4be929be34 kernel-wide: replace USHORT_MAX, SHORT_MAX and SHORT_MIN with USHRT_MAX, SHRT_MAX and SHRT_MIN
- C99 knows about USHRT_MAX/SHRT_MAX/SHRT_MIN, not
  USHORT_MAX/SHORT_MAX/SHORT_MIN.

- Make SHRT_MIN of type s16, not int, for consistency.

[akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix drivers/dma/timb_dma.c]
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix security/keys/keyring.c]
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Acked-by: WANG Cong <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2010-05-25 08:07:02 -07:00
Randy Dunlap
acfbe96a30 sock.h: fix kernel-doc warning
Fix sock.h kernel-doc warning:
Warning(include/net/sock.h:1438): No description found for parameter 'wq'

Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-05-24 23:54:18 -07:00
Herbert Xu
937eada45f cls_cgroup: Fix build error when built-in
There is a typo in cgroup_cls_state when cls_cgroup is built-in.

Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-05-24 23:53:37 -07:00
Randy Dunlap
4e8998f09b wireless: fix mac80211.h kernel-doc warnings
Fix kernel-doc warnings in mac80211.h:

Warning(include/net/mac80211.h:838): No description found for parameter 'ap_addr'
Warning(include/net/mac80211.h:1726): No description found for parameter 'get_survey'

Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-05-24 15:07:42 -04:00
John W. Linville
3dc3fc52ea Revert "ath9k: Group Key fix for VAPs"
This reverts commit 03ceedea97.

This patch was reported to cause a regression in which connectivity is
lost and cannot be reestablished after a suspend/resume cycle.

Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-05-24 14:59:27 -04:00
Linus Torvalds
a69eee4988 Revert "ath9k: Group Key fix for VAPs"
This reverts commit 03ceedea97, since it
breaks resume from suspend-to-ram on Rafael's Acer Ferrari One.
NetworkManager thinks everything is ok, but it can't connect to the AP
to get an IP address after the resume.

In fact, it even breaks resume for non-ath9k chipsets: reverting it also
fixes Rafael's Toshiba Protege R500 with the iwlagn driver.  As Johannes
says:

  "Indeed, this patch needs to be reverted. That mac80211 change is wrong
   and completely unnecessary."

Reported-and-requested-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Daniel Yingqiang Ma <yma.cool@gmail.com>
Cc: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2010-05-24 07:45:43 -07:00
Herbert Xu
f845172531 cls_cgroup: Store classid in struct sock
Up until now cls_cgroup has relied on fetching the classid out of
the current executing thread.  This runs into trouble when a packet
processing is delayed in which case it may execute out of another
thread's context.

Furthermore, even when a packet is not delayed we may fail to
classify it if soft IRQs have been disabled, because this scenario
is indistinguishable from one where a packet unrelated to the
current thread is processed by a real soft IRQ.

In fact, the current semantics is inherently broken, as a single
skb may be constructed out of the writes of two different tasks.
A different manifestation of this problem is when the TCP stack
transmits in response of an incoming ACK.  This is currently
unclassified.

As we already have a concept of packet ownership for accounting
purposes in the skb->sk pointer, this is a natural place to store
the classid in a persistent manner.

This patch adds the cls_cgroup classid in struct sock, filling up
an existing hole on 64-bit :)

The value is set at socket creation time.  So all sockets created
via socket(2) automatically gains the ID of the thread creating it.
Whenever another process touches the socket by either reading or
writing to it, we will change the socket classid to that of the
process if it has a valid (non-zero) classid.

For sockets created on inbound connections through accept(2), we
inherit the classid of the original listening socket through
sk_clone, possibly preceding the actual accept(2) call.

In order to minimise risks, I have not made this the authoritative
classid.  For now it is only used as a backup when we execute
with soft IRQs disabled.  Once we're completely happy with its
semantics we can use it as the sole classid.

Footnote: I have rearranged the error path on cls_group module
creation.  If we didn't do this, then there is a window where
someone could create a tc rule using cls_group before the cgroup
subsystem has been registered.

Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-05-24 00:12:34 -07:00
Sjur Braendeland
7aecf4944f caif: Bugfix - use standard Linux lists
Discovered bug when running high number of parallel connect requests.
Replace buggy home brewed list with linux/list.h.

Signed-off-by: Sjur Braendeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-05-23 23:57:41 -07:00
Sripathi Kodi
4681dbdacb 9p: add 9P2000.L rename operation
I made a V2 of this patch on top of my patches for VFS switches.
All the changes were due to change in some offsets.

rename - change name of file or directory

size[4] Trename tag[2] fid[4] newdirfid[4] name[s]
size[4] Rrename tag[2]

The rename message is used to change the name of a file, possibly moving it
to a new directory.  The 9P wstat message can only rename a file within the
same directory.

Signed-off-by: Jim Garlick <garlick@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Sripathi Kodi <sripathik@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
2010-05-21 16:44:34 -05:00
Sripathi Kodi
bda8e77520 9p: add 9P2000.L statfs operation
I made a V2 of this patch on top of my patches for VFS switches. The
change was adding v9fs_statfs pointer to v9fs_super_ops_dotl
instead of v9fs_super_ops.

statfs - get file system statistics

size[4] Tstatfs tag[2] fid[4]
size[4] Rstatfs tag[2] type[4] bsize[4] blocks[8] bfree[8] bavail[8]
                files[8] ffree[8] fsid[8] namelen[4]

The statfs message is used to request file system information returned
by the statfs(2) system call, which is used by df(1) to report file
system and disk space usage.

Signed-off-by: Jim Garlick <garlick@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Sripathi Kodi <sripathik@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
2010-05-21 16:44:33 -05:00
David S. Miller
41499bd676 Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kaber/nf-next-2.6 2010-05-20 23:12:18 -07:00
Joerg Marx
fc350777c7 netfilter: nf_conntrack: fix a race in __nf_conntrack_confirm against nf_ct_get_next_corpse()
This race was triggered by a 'conntrack -F' command running in parallel
to the insertion of a hash for a new connection. Losing this race led to
a dead conntrack entry effectively blocking traffic for a particular
connection until timeout or flushing the conntrack hashes again.
Now the check for an already dying connection is done inside the lock.

Signed-off-by: Joerg Marx <joerg.marx@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
2010-05-20 15:55:30 +02:00
Herbert Xu
e9d3e08497 ipv6: Replace inet6_ifaddr->dead with state
This patch replaces the boolean dead flag on inet6_ifaddr with
a state enum.  This allows us to roll back changes when deleting
an address according to whether DAD has completed or not.

This patch only adds the state field and does not change the logic.

Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-05-18 15:36:06 -07:00
Eric Dumazet
d19d56ddc8 net: Introduce skb_tunnel_rx() helper
skb rxhash should be cleared when a skb is handled by a tunnel before
being delivered again, so that correct packet steering can take place.

There are other cleanups and accounting that we can factorize in a new
helper, skb_tunnel_rx()

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-05-17 22:36:55 -07:00
David S. Miller
820ae8a80e Merge branch 'for-davem' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless-next-2.6 2010-05-17 21:09:11 -07:00
andrew hendry
37cda78741 X25: Move accept approve flag to bitfield
Moves the x25 accept approve flag from char into bitfield.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Hendry <andrew.hendry@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-05-17 17:39:27 -07:00
andrew hendry
b7792e34cb X25: Move interrupt flag to bitfield
Moves the x25 interrupt flag from char into bitfield.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Hendry <andrew.hendry@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-05-17 17:39:27 -07:00
andrew hendry
cb863ffd4a X25: Move qbit flag to bitfield
Moves the X25 q bit flag from char into a bitfield to allow BKL cleanup.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Hendry <andrew.hendry@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-05-17 17:39:26 -07:00
Eric Dumazet
407eadd996 net: implements ip_route_input_noref()
ip_route_input() is the version returning a refcounted dst, while
ip_route_input_noref() returns a non refcounted one.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-05-17 17:18:51 -07:00
Eric Dumazet
7fee226ad2 net: add a noref bit on skb dst
Use low order bit of skb->_skb_dst to tell dst is not refcounted.

Change _skb_dst to _skb_refdst to make sure all uses are catched.

skb_dst() returns the dst, regardless of noref bit set or not, but
with a lockdep check to make sure a noref dst is not given if current
user is not rcu protected.

New skb_dst_set_noref() helper to set an notrefcounted dst on a skb.
(with lockdep check)

skb_dst_drop() drops a reference only if skb dst was refcounted.

skb_dst_force() helper is used to force a refcount on dst, when skb
is queued and not anymore RCU protected.

Use skb_dst_force() in __sk_add_backlog(), __dev_xmit_skb() if
!IFF_XMIT_DST_RELEASE or skb enqueued on qdisc queue, in
sock_queue_rcv_skb(), in __nf_queue().

Use skb_dst_force() in dev_requeue_skb().

Note: dst_use_noref() still dirties dst, we might transform it
later to do one dirtying per jiffies.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-05-17 17:18:50 -07:00
John W. Linville
6fe70aae0d Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless-next-2.6 into for-davem 2010-05-17 13:57:43 -04:00
David S. Miller
6811d58fc1 Merge branch 'master' of master.kernel.org:/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6
Conflicts:
	include/linux/if_link.h
2010-05-16 22:26:58 -07:00
Eric Dumazet
a465419b1f net: Introduce sk_route_nocaps
TCP-MD5 sessions have intermittent failures, when route cache is
invalidated. ip_queue_xmit() has to find a new route, calls
sk_setup_caps(sk, &rt->u.dst), destroying the 

sk->sk_route_caps &= ~NETIF_F_GSO_MASK

that MD5 desperately try to make all over its way (from
tcp_transmit_skb() for example)

So we send few bad packets, and everything is fine when
tcp_transmit_skb() is called again for this socket.

Since ip_queue_xmit() is at a lower level than TCP-MD5, I chose to use a
socket field, sk_route_nocaps, containing bits to mask on sk_route_caps.

Reported-by: Bhaskar Dutta <bhaskie@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-05-16 00:36:33 -07:00
Eric Dumazet
35790c0421 tcp: fix MD5 (RFC2385) support
TCP MD5 support uses percpu data for temporary storage. It currently
disables preemption so that same storage cannot be reclaimed by another
thread on same cpu.

We also have to make sure a softirq handler wont try to use also same
context. Various bug reports demonstrated corruptions.

Fix is to disable preemption and BH.

Reported-by: Bhaskar Dutta <bhaskie@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-05-16 00:34:04 -07:00
Amerigo Wang
e3826f1e94 net: reserve ports for applications using fixed port numbers
(Dropped the infiniband part, because Tetsuo modified the related code,
I will send a separate patch for it once this is accepted.)

This patch introduces /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_local_reserved_ports which
allows users to reserve ports for third-party applications.

The reserved ports will not be used by automatic port assignments
(e.g. when calling connect() or bind() with port number 0). Explicit
port allocation behavior is unchanged.

Signed-off-by: Octavian Purdila <opurdila@ixiacom.com>
Signed-off-by: WANG Cong <amwang@redhat.com>
Cc: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-05-15 23:28:40 -07:00
David S. Miller
bf47f4b0ba Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kaber/ipmr-2.6 2010-05-12 23:30:45 -07:00
Allan Stephens
8e1c298c01 tipc: Update commenting in TIPC API
Eliminate comments in TIPC's main API files that are either obsolete,
incorrect, misleading, or unhelpful.  It also adds in one new comment.

Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-05-12 23:02:23 -07:00
Johannes Berg
5ce6e438d5 mac80211: add offload channel switch support
This adds support for offloading the channel switch
operation to devices that support such, typically
by having specific firmware API for it. The reasons
for this could be that the firmware provides better
timing or that regulatory enforcement done by the
device requires special handling of CSAs.

In order to allow drivers to specify the timing to
the device, the new channel_switch callback will
pass through the received frame's mactime, where
available.

Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-05-12 16:39:05 -04:00
David S. Miller
278554bd65 Merge branch 'master' of master.kernel.org:/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6
Conflicts:
	Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt
	drivers/net/wireless/ath/ar9170/usb.c
	drivers/scsi/iscsi_tcp.c
	net/ipv4/ipmr.c
2010-05-12 00:05:35 -07:00
John W. Linville
cc755896a4 Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless-next-2.6 into for-davem
Conflicts:
	drivers/net/wireless/ath/ar9170/main.c
2010-05-11 14:24:55 -04:00
Patrick McHardy
d1db275dd3 ipv6: ip6mr: support multiple tables
This patch adds support for multiple independant multicast routing instances,
named "tables".

Userspace multicast routing daemons can bind to a specific table instance by
issuing a setsockopt call using a new option MRT6_TABLE. The table number is
stored in the raw socket data and affects all following ip6mr setsockopt(),
getsockopt() and ioctl() calls. By default, a single table (RT6_TABLE_DFLT)
is created with a default routing rule pointing to it. Newly created pim6reg
devices have the table number appended ("pim6regX"), with the exception of
devices created in the default table, which are named just "pim6reg" for
compatibility reasons.

Packets are directed to a specific table instance using routing rules,
similar to how regular routing rules work. Currently iif, oif and mark
are supported as keys, source and destination addresses could be supported
additionally.

Example usage:

- bind pimd/xorp/... to a specific table:

uint32_t table = 123;
setsockopt(fd, SOL_IPV6, MRT6_TABLE, &table, sizeof(table));

- create routing rules directing packets to the new table:

# ip -6 mrule add iif eth0 lookup 123
# ip -6 mrule add oif eth0 lookup 123

Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
2010-05-11 14:40:55 +02:00
Patrick McHardy
6bd5214339 ipv6: ip6mr: move mroute data into seperate structure
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
2010-05-11 14:40:53 +02:00
Patrick McHardy
f30a778421 ipv6: ip6mr: convert struct mfc_cache to struct list_head
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
2010-05-11 14:40:51 +02:00
Patrick McHardy
c476efbcde ipv6: ip6mr: move unres_queue and timer to per-namespace data
The unres_queue is currently shared between all namespaces. Following patches
will additionally allow to create multiple multicast routing tables in each
namespace. Having a single shared queue for all these users seems to excessive,
move the queue and the cleanup timer to the per-namespace data to unshare it.

As a side-effect, this fixes a bug in the seq file iteration functions: the
first entry returned is always from the current namespace, entries returned
after that may belong to any namespace.

Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
2010-05-11 14:40:48 +02:00
David S. Miller
d250fe91ae Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kaber/nf-next-2.6 2010-05-10 23:03:26 -07:00
Patrick McHardy
1e4b105712 Merge branch 'master' of /repos/git/net-next-2.6
Conflicts:
	net/bridge/br_device.c
	net/bridge/br_forward.c

Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
2010-05-10 18:39:28 +02:00
Marcel Holtmann
f48fd9c8cd Bluetooth: Create per controller workqueue
Instead of having a global workqueue for all controllers, it makes
more sense to have a workqueue per controller.

Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2010-05-10 09:34:03 +02:00
Gustavo F. Padovan
dfc909befb Bluetooth: Fix race condition on l2cap_ertm_send()
l2cap_ertm_send() can be called both from user context and bottom half
context. The socket locks for that contexts are different, the user
context uses a mutex(which can sleep) and the second one uses a
spinlock_bh. That creates a race condition when we have interruptions on
both contexts at the same time.

The better way to solve this is to add a new spinlock to lock
l2cap_ertm_send() and the vars it access. The other solution was to defer
l2cap_ertm_send() with a workqueue, but we the sending process already
has one defer on the hci layer. It's not a good idea add another one.

The patch refactor the code to create l2cap_retransmit_frames(), then we
encapulate the lock of l2cap_ertm_send() for some call. It also changes
l2cap_retransmit_frame() to l2cap_retransmit_one_frame() to avoid
confusion

Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Reviewed-by: João Paulo Rechi Vita <jprvita@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2010-05-10 09:28:53 +02:00
Gustavo F. Padovan
1890d36bb5 Bluetooth: Implement Local Busy Condition handling
Supports Local Busy condition handling through a waitqueue that wake ups
each 200ms and try to push the packets to the upper layer. If it can
push all the queue then it leaves the Local Busy state.

The patch modifies the behaviour of l2cap_ertm_reassembly_sdu() to
support retry of the push operation.

Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Reviewed-by: João Paulo Rechi Vita <jprvita@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2010-05-10 09:28:53 +02:00
Gustavo F. Padovan
9a9c6a3441 Bluetooth: Make hci_send_acl() void
hci_send_acl can't fail, so we can make it void. This patch changes
that and all the funcions that use hci_send_acl().
That change exposed a bug on sending connectionless data. We were not
reporting the lenght send back to the user space.

Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Reviewed-by: João Paulo Rechi Vita <jprvita@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2010-05-10 09:28:52 +02:00
Gustavo F. Padovan
68d7f0ce91 Bluetooth: Enable option to configure Max Transmission value via sockopt
With the sockopt extension we can set a per-channel MaxTx value.

Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Reviewed-by: João Paulo Rechi Vita <jprvita@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2010-05-10 09:28:50 +02:00
Gustavo F. Padovan
803020c6fa Bluetooth: Change acknowledgement to use the value of txWindow
Now that we can set the txWindow we need to change the acknowledgement
procedure to ack after each (pi->txWindow/6 + 1). The plus 1 is to avoid
the zero value.
It also renames pi->num_to_ack to a better name: pi->num_acked.

Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Reviewed-by: João Paulo Rechi Vita <jprvita@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2010-05-10 09:28:50 +02:00
Gustavo F. Padovan
14b5aa71ec Bluetooth: Add sockopt configuration for txWindow on L2CAP
Now we can set/get Transmission Window size via sockopt.

Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Reviewed-by: João Paulo Rechi Vita <jprvita@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2010-05-10 09:28:49 +02:00
Gustavo F. Padovan
1c7621596d Bluetooth: Fix configuration of the MPS value
We were accepting values bigger than we can accept. This was leading
ERTM to drop packets because of wrong FCS checks.

Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Reviewed-by: João Paulo Rechi Vita <jprvita@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2010-05-10 09:28:48 +02:00
Gustavo F. Padovan
c1b4f43be0 Bluetooth: Add timer to Acknowledge I-frames
We ack I-frames on each txWindow/5 I-frames received, but if the sender
stop to send I-frames and it's not a txWindow multiple we can leave some
frames unacked.
So I added a timer to ack I-frames on this case. The timer expires in
200ms.

Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Reviewed-by: João Paulo Rechi Vita <jprvita@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2010-05-10 09:28:48 +02:00
Gustavo F. Padovan
d5392c8f1e Bluetooth: Implement 'Send IorRRorRNR' event
After receive a RR with P bit set ERTM shall use this funcion to choose
what type of frame to reply with F bit = 1.

Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Reviewed-by: João Paulo Rechi Vita <jprvita@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2010-05-10 09:28:46 +02:00
Gustavo F. Padovan
0d861d8b8e Bluetooth: Make hci_send_sco() void
It also removes an unneeded check for the MTU. The check is done before
on sco_send_frame()

Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Reviewed-by: João Paulo Rechi Vita <jprvita@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2010-05-10 09:28:45 +02:00
Neil Horman
3ee943728f ipv4: remove ip_rt_secret timer (v4)
A while back there was a discussion regarding the rt_secret_interval timer.
Given that we've had the ability to do emergency route cache rebuilds for awhile
now, based on a statistical analysis of the various hash chain lengths in the
cache, the use of the flush timer is somewhat redundant.  This patch removes the
rt_secret_interval sysctl, allowing us to rely solely on the statistical
analysis mechanism to determine the need for route cache flushes.

Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-05-08 01:57:52 -07:00
Johannes Berg
0aaffa9b96 mac80211: improve HT channel handling
Currently, when one interface switches HT mode,
all others will follow along. This is clearly
undesirable, since the new one might switch to
no-HT while another one is operating in HT.

Address this issue by keeping track of the HT
mode per interface, and allowing only changes
that are compatible, i.e. switching into HT40+
is not possible when another interface is in
HT40-, in that case the second one needs to
fall back to HT20.

Also, to allow drivers to know what's going on,
store the per-interface HT mode (channel type)
in the virtual interface's bss_conf.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-05-07 14:55:51 -04:00
Johannes Berg
f444de05d2 cfg80211/mac80211: better channel handling
Currently (all tested with hwsim) you can do stupid
things like setting up an AP on a certain channel,
then adding another virtual interface and making
that associate on another channel -- this will make
the beaconing to move channel but obviously without
the necessary IEs data update.

In order to improve this situation, first make the
configuration APIs (cfg80211 and nl80211) aware of
multi-channel operation -- we'll eventually need
that in the future anyway. There's one userland API
change and one API addition. The API change is that
now SET_WIPHY must be called with virtual interface
index rather than only wiphy index in order to take
effect for that interface -- luckily all current
users (hostapd) do that. For monitor interfaces, the
old setting is preserved, but monitors are always
slaved to other devices anyway so no guarantees.

The second userland API change is the introduction
of a per virtual interface SET_CHANNEL command, that
hostapd should use going forward to make it easier
to understand what's going on (it can automatically
detect a kernel with this command).

Other than mac80211, no existing cfg80211 drivers
are affected by this change because they only allow
a single virtual interface.

mac80211, however, now needs to be aware that the
channel settings are per interface now, and needs
to disallow (for now) real multi-channel operation,
which is another important part of this patch.

One of the immediate benefits is that you can now
start hostapd to operate on a hardware that already
has a connection on another virtual interface, as
long as you specify the same channel.

Note that two things are left unhandled (this is an
improvement -- not a complete fix):

 * different HT/no-HT modes

   currently you could start an HT AP and then
   connect to a non-HT network on the same channel
   which would configure the hardware for no HT;
   that can be fixed fairly easily

 * CSA

   An AP we're connected to on a virtual interface
   might indicate switching channels, and in that
   case we would follow it, regardless of how many
   other interfaces are operating; this requires
   more effort to fix but is pretty rare after all

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-05-07 14:55:50 -04:00
Johannes Berg
ac8dd506e4 mac80211: fix BSS info reconfiguration
When reconfiguring an interface due to a previous
hardware restart, mac80211 will currently include
the new IBSS flag on non-IBSS interfaces which may
confuse drivers.

Instead of doing the ~0 trick, simply spell out
which things are going to be reconfigured.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-05-07 14:55:49 -04:00
Vlad Yasevich
50b5d6ad63 sctp: Fix a race between ICMP protocol unreachable and connect()
ICMP protocol unreachable handling completely disregarded
the fact that the user may have locked the socket.  It proceeded
to destroy the association, even though the user may have
held the lock and had a ref on the association.  This resulted
in the following:

Attempt to release alive inet socket f6afcc00

=========================
[ BUG: held lock freed! ]
-------------------------
somenu/2672 is freeing memory f6afcc00-f6afcfff, with a lock still held
there!
 (sk_lock-AF_INET){+.+.+.}, at: [<c122098a>] sctp_connect+0x13/0x4c
1 lock held by somenu/2672:
 #0:  (sk_lock-AF_INET){+.+.+.}, at: [<c122098a>] sctp_connect+0x13/0x4c

stack backtrace:
Pid: 2672, comm: somenu Not tainted 2.6.32-telco #55
Call Trace:
 [<c1232266>] ? printk+0xf/0x11
 [<c1038553>] debug_check_no_locks_freed+0xce/0xff
 [<c10620b4>] kmem_cache_free+0x21/0x66
 [<c1185f25>] __sk_free+0x9d/0xab
 [<c1185f9c>] sk_free+0x1c/0x1e
 [<c1216e38>] sctp_association_put+0x32/0x89
 [<c1220865>] __sctp_connect+0x36d/0x3f4
 [<c122098a>] ? sctp_connect+0x13/0x4c
 [<c102d073>] ? autoremove_wake_function+0x0/0x33
 [<c12209a8>] sctp_connect+0x31/0x4c
 [<c11d1e80>] inet_dgram_connect+0x4b/0x55
 [<c11834fa>] sys_connect+0x54/0x71
 [<c103a3a2>] ? lock_release_non_nested+0x88/0x239
 [<c1054026>] ? might_fault+0x42/0x7c
 [<c1054026>] ? might_fault+0x42/0x7c
 [<c11847ab>] sys_socketcall+0x6d/0x178
 [<c10da994>] ? trace_hardirqs_on_thunk+0xc/0x10
 [<c1002959>] syscall_call+0x7/0xb

This was because the sctp_wait_for_connect() would aqcure the socket
lock and then proceed to release the last reference count on the
association, thus cause the fully destruction path to finish freeing
the socket.

The simplest solution is to start a very short timer in case the socket
is owned by user.  When the timer expires, we can do some verification
and be able to do the release properly.

Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-05-06 00:56:07 -07:00
John W. Linville
83163244f8 Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless-next-2.6 into for-davem
Conflicts:
	drivers/net/wireless/libertas_tf/cmd.c
	drivers/net/wireless/libertas_tf/main.c
2010-05-05 16:14:16 -04:00
David S. Miller
f546061840 Merge branch 'net-next' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/vxy/lksctp-dev
Add missing linux/vmalloc.h include to net/sctp/probe.c

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-05-03 16:24:31 -07:00
David S. Miller
7ef527377b Merge branch 'master' of master.kernel.org:/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6 2010-05-02 22:02:06 -07:00
Jan Engelhardt
1183f3838c net: fix compile error due to double return type in SOCK_DEBUG
Fix this one:
include/net/sock.h: error: two or more data types in declaration specifiers

Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-05-02 13:42:39 -07:00
Eric Dumazet
4381548237 net: sock_def_readable() and friends RCU conversion
sk_callback_lock rwlock actually protects sk->sk_sleep pointer, so we
need two atomic operations (and associated dirtying) per incoming
packet.

RCU conversion is pretty much needed :

1) Add a new structure, called "struct socket_wq" to hold all fields
that will need rcu_read_lock() protection (currently: a
wait_queue_head_t and a struct fasync_struct pointer).

[Future patch will add a list anchor for wakeup coalescing]

2) Attach one of such structure to each "struct socket" created in
sock_alloc_inode().

3) Respect RCU grace period when freeing a "struct socket_wq"

4) Change sk_sleep pointer in "struct sock" by sk_wq, pointer to "struct
socket_wq"

5) Change sk_sleep() function to use new sk->sk_wq instead of
sk->sk_sleep

6) Change sk_has_sleeper() to wq_has_sleeper() that must be used inside
a rcu_read_lock() section.

7) Change all sk_has_sleeper() callers to :
  - Use rcu_read_lock() instead of read_lock(&sk->sk_callback_lock)
  - Use wq_has_sleeper() to eventually wakeup tasks.
  - Use rcu_read_unlock() instead of read_unlock(&sk->sk_callback_lock)

8) sock_wake_async() is modified to use rcu protection as well.

9) Exceptions :
  macvtap, drivers/net/tun.c, af_unix use integrated "struct socket_wq"
instead of dynamically allocated ones. They dont need rcu freeing.

Some cleanups or followups are probably needed, (possible
sk_callback_lock conversion to a spinlock for example...).

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-05-01 15:00:15 -07:00
Vlad Yasevich
0e3aef8d09 sctp: Tag messages that can be Nagle delayed at creation.
When we create the sctp_datamsg and fragment the user data,
we know exactly if we are sending full segments or not and
how they might be bundled.  During this time, we can mark
messages a Nagle capable or not.  This makes the check at
transmit time much simpler.

Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
2010-04-30 22:41:10 -04:00
Vlad Yasevich
cf9b4812e1 sctp: fast recovery algorithm is per association.
SCTP fast recovery algorithm really applies per association
and impacts all transports.

Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
2010-04-30 22:41:10 -04:00
Vlad Yasevich
b2cf9b6bd9 sctp: update transport initializations
Right now, sctp transports are not fully initialized and when
adding any new fields, they have to be explicitely initialized.
This is prone to mistakes.  So we switch to calling kzalloc()
which makes things much simpler.

Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
2010-04-30 22:41:10 -04:00
Vlad Yasevich
c0058a35aa sctp: Save some room in the sctp_transport by using bitfields
Saves some room in the sctp_transport structure.

Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
2010-04-30 22:41:09 -04:00
Vlad Yasevich
ae19c54866 sctp: remove 'resent' bit from the chunk
The 'resent' bit is used to make sure that we don't update
rto estimate based on retransmitted chunks.  However, we already
have the 'rto_pending' bit that we test when need to update rto,
so 'resent' bit is just extra.  Additionally, we currently have
a bug in that we always set a 'resent' bit and thus rto estimate
is only updated by Heartbeats.

Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
2010-04-30 22:41:09 -04:00
Wei Yongjun
52688d6ec9 sctp: discard ABORT chunk with zero verification tag in COOKIE-WAIT state
In current implementation if ABORT chunk is received with T flag is set
and zero verification tag in COOKIE-WAIT state, the ABORT chunk will be
always accepted. This is because in COOKIE-WAIT state, the endpoint does
not know the peer's verification tag, and it's zero in the endpoint.

Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
2010-04-30 21:42:44 -04:00
Eric Dumazet
767dd03369 net: speedup sock_recv_ts_and_drops()
sock_recv_ts_and_drops() is fat and slow (~ 4% of cpu time on some
profiles)

We can test all socket flags at once to make fast path fast again.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-30 16:29:42 -07:00
John W. Linville
f5c044e53a mac80211: remove deprecated noise field from ieee80211_rx_status
Also remove associated IEEE80211_HW_NOISE_DBM from ieee80211_hw_flags.

Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-04-30 15:38:13 -04:00
Eric Dumazet
f84af32cbc net: ip_queue_rcv_skb() helper
When queueing a skb to socket, we can immediately release its dst if
target socket do not use IP_CMSG_PKTINFO.

tcp_data_queue() can drop dst too.

This to benefit from a hot cache line and avoid the receiver, possibly
on another cpu, to dirty this cache line himself.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-28 15:31:51 -07:00
Eric Dumazet
4b0b72f7dd net: speedup udp receive path
Since commit 95766fff ([UDP]: Add memory accounting.), 
each received packet needs one extra sock_lock()/sock_release() pair.

This added latency because of possible backlog handling. Then later,
ticket spinlocks added yet another latency source in case of DDOS.

This patch introduces lock_sock_bh() and unlock_sock_bh()
synchronization primitives, avoiding one atomic operation and backlog
processing.

skb_free_datagram_locked() uses them instead of full blown
lock_sock()/release_sock(). skb is orphaned inside locked section for
proper socket memory reclaim, and finally freed outside of it.

UDP receive path now take the socket spinlock only once.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-28 14:35:48 -07:00
Neil Horman
5fa782c2f5 sctp: Fix skb_over_panic resulting from multiple invalid parameter errors (CVE-2010-1173) (v4)
Ok, version 4

Change Notes:
1) Minor cleanups, from Vlads notes

Summary:

Hey-
	Recently, it was reported to me that the kernel could oops in the
following way:

<5> kernel BUG at net/core/skbuff.c:91!
<5> invalid operand: 0000 [#1]
<5> Modules linked in: sctp netconsole nls_utf8 autofs4 sunrpc iptable_filter
ip_tables cpufreq_powersave parport_pc lp parport vmblock(U) vsock(U) vmci(U)
vmxnet(U) vmmemctl(U) vmhgfs(U) acpiphp dm_mirror dm_mod button battery ac md5
ipv6 uhci_hcd ehci_hcd snd_ens1371 snd_rawmidi snd_seq_device snd_pcm_oss
snd_mixer_oss snd_pcm snd_timer snd_page_alloc snd_ac97_codec snd soundcore
pcnet32 mii floppy ext3 jbd ata_piix libata mptscsih mptsas mptspi mptscsi
mptbase sd_mod scsi_mod
<5> CPU:    0
<5> EIP:    0060:[<c02bff27>]    Not tainted VLI
<5> EFLAGS: 00010216   (2.6.9-89.0.25.EL)
<5> EIP is at skb_over_panic+0x1f/0x2d
<5> eax: 0000002c   ebx: c033f461   ecx: c0357d96   edx: c040fd44
<5> esi: c033f461   edi: df653280   ebp: 00000000   esp: c040fd40
<5> ds: 007b   es: 007b   ss: 0068
<5> Process swapper (pid: 0, threadinfo=c040f000 task=c0370be0)
<5> Stack: c0357d96 e0c29478 00000084 00000004 c033f461 df653280 d7883180
e0c2947d
<5>        00000000 00000080 df653490 00000004 de4f1ac0 de4f1ac0 00000004
df653490
<5>        00000001 e0c2877a 08000800 de4f1ac0 df653490 00000000 e0c29d2e
00000004
<5> Call Trace:
<5>  [<e0c29478>] sctp_addto_chunk+0xb0/0x128 [sctp]
<5>  [<e0c2947d>] sctp_addto_chunk+0xb5/0x128 [sctp]
<5>  [<e0c2877a>] sctp_init_cause+0x3f/0x47 [sctp]
<5>  [<e0c29d2e>] sctp_process_unk_param+0xac/0xb8 [sctp]
<5>  [<e0c29e90>] sctp_verify_init+0xcc/0x134 [sctp]
<5>  [<e0c20322>] sctp_sf_do_5_1B_init+0x83/0x28e [sctp]
<5>  [<e0c25333>] sctp_do_sm+0x41/0x77 [sctp]
<5>  [<c01555a4>] cache_grow+0x140/0x233
<5>  [<e0c26ba1>] sctp_endpoint_bh_rcv+0xc5/0x108 [sctp]
<5>  [<e0c2b863>] sctp_inq_push+0xe/0x10 [sctp]
<5>  [<e0c34600>] sctp_rcv+0x454/0x509 [sctp]
<5>  [<e084e017>] ipt_hook+0x17/0x1c [iptable_filter]
<5>  [<c02d005e>] nf_iterate+0x40/0x81
<5>  [<c02e0bb9>] ip_local_deliver_finish+0x0/0x151
<5>  [<c02e0c7f>] ip_local_deliver_finish+0xc6/0x151
<5>  [<c02d0362>] nf_hook_slow+0x83/0xb5
<5>  [<c02e0bb2>] ip_local_deliver+0x1a2/0x1a9
<5>  [<c02e0bb9>] ip_local_deliver_finish+0x0/0x151
<5>  [<c02e103e>] ip_rcv+0x334/0x3b4
<5>  [<c02c66fd>] netif_receive_skb+0x320/0x35b
<5>  [<e0a0928b>] init_stall_timer+0x67/0x6a [uhci_hcd]
<5>  [<c02c67a4>] process_backlog+0x6c/0xd9
<5>  [<c02c690f>] net_rx_action+0xfe/0x1f8
<5>  [<c012a7b1>] __do_softirq+0x35/0x79
<5>  [<c0107efb>] handle_IRQ_event+0x0/0x4f
<5>  [<c01094de>] do_softirq+0x46/0x4d

Its an skb_over_panic BUG halt that results from processing an init chunk in
which too many of its variable length parameters are in some way malformed.

The problem is in sctp_process_unk_param:
if (NULL == *errp)
	*errp = sctp_make_op_error_space(asoc, chunk,
					 ntohs(chunk->chunk_hdr->length));

	if (*errp) {
		sctp_init_cause(*errp, SCTP_ERROR_UNKNOWN_PARAM,
				 WORD_ROUND(ntohs(param.p->length)));
		sctp_addto_chunk(*errp,
			WORD_ROUND(ntohs(param.p->length)),
				  param.v);

When we allocate an error chunk, we assume that the worst case scenario requires
that we have chunk_hdr->length data allocated, which would be correct nominally,
given that we call sctp_addto_chunk for the violating parameter.  Unfortunately,
we also, in sctp_init_cause insert a sctp_errhdr_t structure into the error
chunk, so the worst case situation in which all parameters are in violation
requires chunk_hdr->length+(sizeof(sctp_errhdr_t)*param_count) bytes of data.

The result of this error is that a deliberately malformed packet sent to a
listening host can cause a remote DOS, described in CVE-2010-1173:
http://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=2010-1173

I've tested the below fix and confirmed that it fixes the issue.  We move to a
strategy whereby we allocate a fixed size error chunk and ignore errors we don't
have space to report.  Tested by me successfully

Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-28 14:22:01 -07:00
Johannes Berg
8fc214ba95 mac80211: notify driver about IBSS status
Some drivers (e.g. iwlwifi) need to know and try
to figure it out based on other things, but making
it explicit is definitely better.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-04-28 16:50:29 -04:00
Sjur Braendeland
8d545c8f95 caif: Disconnect without waiting for response
Changes:
o Function cfcnfg_disconn_adapt_layer is changed to do asynchronous
  disconnect, not waiting for any response from the modem. Due to this
  the function cfcnfg_linkdestroy_rsp does nothing anymore.
o Because disconnect may take down a connection before a connect response
  is received the function cfcnfg_linkup_rsp is checking if the client is
  still waiting for the response, if not a disconnect request is sent to
  the modem.
o cfctrl is no longer keeping track of pending disconnect requests.
o Added function cfctrl_cancel_req, which is used for deleting a pending
  connect request if disconnect is done before connect response is received.
o Removed unused function cfctrl_insert_req2
o Added better handling of connect reject from modem.

Signed-off-by: Sjur Braendeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-28 12:55:13 -07:00
Sjur Braendeland
5b20865675 caif: Add reference counting to service layer
Changes:
o Added functions cfsrvl_get and cfsrvl_put.
o Added support release_client to use by socket and net device.
o Increase reference counting for in-flight packets from cfmuxl

Signed-off-by: Sjur Braendeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-28 12:55:12 -07:00
Sjur Braendeland
e539d83cc8 caif: Rename functions in cfcnfg and caif_dev
Changes:
 o Renamed cfcnfg_del_adapt_layer to cfcnfg_disconn_adapt_layer
 o Fixed typo cfcfg to cfcnfg
 o Renamed linkid to channel_id
 o Updated documentation in caif_dev.h
 o Minor formatting changes

Signed-off-by: Sjur Braendeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-28 12:55:11 -07:00
Vlad Yasevich
c078669340 sctp: Fix oops when sending queued ASCONF chunks
When we finish processing ASCONF_ACK chunk, we try to send
the next queued ASCONF.  This action runs the sctp state
machine recursively and it's not prepared to do so.

kernel BUG at kernel/timer.c:790!
invalid opcode: 0000 [#1] SMP
last sysfs file: /sys/module/ipv6/initstate
Modules linked in: sha256_generic sctp libcrc32c ipv6 dm_multipath
uinput 8139too i2c_piix4 8139cp mii i2c_core pcspkr virtio_net joydev
floppy virtio_blk virtio_pci [last unloaded: scsi_wait_scan]

Pid: 0, comm: swapper Not tainted 2.6.34-rc4 #15 /Bochs
EIP: 0060:[<c044a2ef>] EFLAGS: 00010286 CPU: 0
EIP is at add_timer+0xd/0x1b
EAX: cecbab14 EBX: 000000f0 ECX: c0957b1c EDX: 03595cf4
ESI: cecba800 EDI: cf276f00 EBP: c0957aa0 ESP: c0957aa0
 DS: 007b ES: 007b FS: 00d8 GS: 00e0 SS: 0068
Process swapper (pid: 0, ti=c0956000 task=c0988ba0 task.ti=c0956000)
Stack:
 c0957ae0 d1851214 c0ab62e4 c0ab5f26 0500ffff 00000004 00000005 00000004
<0> 00000000 d18694fd 00000004 1666b892 cecba800 cecba800 c0957b14
00000004
<0> c0957b94 d1851b11 ceda8b00 cecba800 cf276f00 00000001 c0957b14
000000d0
Call Trace:
 [<d1851214>] ? sctp_side_effects+0x607/0xdfc [sctp]
 [<d1851b11>] ? sctp_do_sm+0x108/0x159 [sctp]
 [<d1863386>] ? sctp_pname+0x0/0x1d [sctp]
 [<d1861a56>] ? sctp_primitive_ASCONF+0x36/0x3b [sctp]
 [<d185657c>] ? sctp_process_asconf_ack+0x2a4/0x2d3 [sctp]
 [<d184e35c>] ? sctp_sf_do_asconf_ack+0x1dd/0x2b4 [sctp]
 [<d1851ac1>] ? sctp_do_sm+0xb8/0x159 [sctp]
 [<d1863334>] ? sctp_cname+0x0/0x52 [sctp]
 [<d1854377>] ? sctp_assoc_bh_rcv+0xac/0xe1 [sctp]
 [<d1858f0f>] ? sctp_inq_push+0x2d/0x30 [sctp]
 [<d186329d>] ? sctp_rcv+0x797/0x82e [sctp]

Tested-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuansong Qiao <ysqiao@research.ait.ie>
Signed-off-by: Shuaijun Zhang <szhang@research.ait.ie>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-28 12:16:34 -07:00
Wei Yongjun
561b1733a4 sctp: avoid irq lock inversion while call sk->sk_data_ready()
sk->sk_data_ready() of sctp socket can be called from both BH and non-BH
contexts, but the default sk->sk_data_ready(), sock_def_readable(), can
not be used in this case. Therefore, we have to make a new function
sctp_data_ready() to grab sk->sk_data_ready() with BH disabling.

=========================================================
[ INFO: possible irq lock inversion dependency detected ]
2.6.33-rc6 #129
---------------------------------------------------------
sctp_darn/1517 just changed the state of lock:
 (clock-AF_INET){++.?..}, at: [<c06aab60>] sock_def_readable+0x20/0x80
but this lock took another, SOFTIRQ-unsafe lock in the past:
 (slock-AF_INET){+.-...}

and interrupts could create inverse lock ordering between them.

other info that might help us debug this:
1 lock held by sctp_darn/1517:
 #0:  (sk_lock-AF_INET){+.+.+.}, at: [<cdfe363d>] sctp_sendmsg+0x23d/0xc00 [sctp]

Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-28 12:16:31 -07:00
Jiri Pirko
05fceb4ad7 net: disallow to use net_assign_generic externally
Now there's no need to use this fuction directly because it's handled by
register_pernet_device. So to make this simple and easy to understand,
make this static to do not tempt potentional users.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-27 15:49:02 -07:00
Eric Dumazet
c377411f24 net: sk_add_backlog() take rmem_alloc into account
Current socket backlog limit is not enough to really stop DDOS attacks,
because user thread spend many time to process a full backlog each
round, and user might crazy spin on socket lock.

We should add backlog size and receive_queue size (aka rmem_alloc) to
pace writers, and let user run without being slow down too much.

Introduce a sk_rcvqueues_full() helper, to avoid taking socket lock in
stress situations.

Under huge stress from a multiqueue/RPS enabled NIC, a single flow udp
receiver can now process ~200.000 pps (instead of ~100 pps before the
patch) on a 8 core machine.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-27 15:13:20 -07:00
David S. Miller
c58dc01bab net: Make RFS socket operations not be inet specific.
Idea from Eric Dumazet.

As for placement inside of struct sock, I tried to choose a place
that otherwise has a 32-bit hole on 64-bit systems.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
2010-04-27 15:11:48 -07:00
Johannes Berg
a060bbfe4e mac80211: give virtual interface to hw_scan
When scanning, it is somewhat important to scan
on the correct virtual interface. All drivers
that currently implement hw_scan only support a
single virtual interface, but that may change
and then we'd want to be ready.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-04-27 16:09:23 -04:00
Juuso Oikarinen
9043f3b89a cfg80211: Remove default dynamic PS timeout value
Now that the mac80211 is choosing dynamic ps timeouts based on the ps-qos
network latency configuration, configure a default value of -1 as the dynamic
ps timeout in cfg80211. This value allows the mac80211 to determine the value
to be used.

Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-04-27 16:09:22 -04:00
Juuso Oikarinen
195e294d21 mac80211: Determine dynamic PS timeout based on ps-qos network latency
Determine the dynamic PS timeout based on the configured ps-qos network
latency. For backwards wext compatibility, allow the dynamic PS timeout
configured by the cfg80211 to overrule the automatically determined value.

Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-04-27 16:09:22 -04:00
Felix Fietkau
fd8aaaf351 cfg80211: add ap isolation support
This is used to configure APs to not bridge traffic between connected stations.

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-04-27 16:09:21 -04:00
David S. Miller
bb61187465 Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kaber/ipmr-2.6 2010-04-27 12:57:39 -07:00
Eric Dumazet
0b53ff2ead net: fix a lockdep rcu warning in __sk_dst_set()
__sk_dst_set() might be called while no state can be integrated in a
rcu_dereference_check() condition.

So use rcu_dereference_raw() to shutup lockdep warnings (if
CONFIG_PROVE_RCU is set)

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-27 12:53:26 -07:00
Eric Dumazet
18f9f1365d rps: inet_rps_save_rxhash() argument is not const
const qualifier on sock argument is misleading, since we can modify rxhash.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-27 12:53:25 -07:00
Flavio Leitner
6c37e5de45 TCP: avoid to send keepalive probes if receiving data
RFC 1122 says the following:
...
  Keep-alive packets MUST only be sent when no data or
  acknowledgement packets have been received for the
  connection within an interval.
...

The acknowledgement packet is reseting the keepalive
timer but the data packet isn't. This patch fixes it by
checking the timestamp of the last received data packet
too when the keepalive timer expires.

Signed-off-by: Flavio Leitner <fleitner@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-27 12:53:25 -07:00
Paul E. McKenney
7ec75c582e net: suppress RCU lockdep false positive in twsk_net()
Calls to twsk_net() are in some cases protected by reference counting
as an alternative to RCU protection.  Cases covered by reference counts
include __inet_twsk_kill(), inet_twsk_free(), inet_twdr_do_twkill_work(),
inet_twdr_twcal_tick(), and tcp_timewait_state_process().  RCU is used
by inet_twsk_purge().  Locking is used by established_get_first()
and established_get_next().  Finally, __inet_twsk_hashdance() is an
initialization case.

It appears to be non-trivial to locate the appropriate locks and
reference counts from within twsk_net(), so used rcu_dereference_raw().

Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-27 12:39:01 -07:00
Patrick McHardy
3d0c9c4eb2 net: fib_rules: mark arguments to fib_rules_register const and __net_initdata
fib_rules_register() duplicates the template passed to it without modification,
mark the argument as const. Additionally the templates are only needed when
instantiating a new namespace, so mark them as __net_initdata, which means
they can be discarded when CONFIG_NET_NS=n.

Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
2010-04-26 16:02:04 +02:00
David S. Miller
b7d6a43211 Merge branch 'net-next-2.6_20100423a/br/br_multicast_v3' of git://git.linux-ipv6.org/gitroot/yoshfuji/linux-2.6-next 2010-04-23 23:37:24 -07:00
Brian Haley
4b340ae20d IPv6: Complete IPV6_DONTFRAG support
Finally add support to detect a local IPV6_DONTFRAG event
and return the relevant data to the user if they've enabled
IPV6_RECVPATHMTU on the socket.  The next recvmsg() will
return no data, but have an IPV6_PATHMTU as ancillary data.

Signed-off-by: Brian Haley <brian.haley@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-23 23:35:29 -07:00
Brian Haley
13b52cd446 IPv6: Add dontfrag argument to relevant functions
Add dontfrag argument to relevant functions for
IPV6_DONTFRAG support, as well as allowing the value
to be passed-in via ancillary cmsg data.

Signed-off-by: Brian Haley <brian.haley@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-23 23:35:28 -07:00
John W. Linville
3b51cc996e Merge branch 'master' into for-davem
Conflicts:
	drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath9k/phy.c
	drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/iwl-6000.c
	drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/iwl-debugfs.c
2010-04-23 14:43:45 -04:00
YOSHIFUJI Hideaki
6e7cb83707 ipv6 mcast: Introduce include/net/mld.h for MLD definitions.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
2010-04-23 13:35:55 +09:00
Andrew Hendry
5ebfbc06aa X25: Add if_x25.h and x25 to device identifiers
V2 Feedback from John Hughes.
- Add header for userspace implementations such as xot/xoe to use
- Use explicit values for interface stability
- No changes to driver patches

V1
- Use identifiers instead of magic numbers for X25 layer 3 to device interface.
- Also fixed checkpatch notes on updated code.

[ Add new user header to include/linux/Kbuild  -DaveM ]

Signed-off-by: Andrew Hendry <andrew.hendry@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-22 16:12:36 -07:00
Eric Dumazet
f68c224fed dst: rcu check refinement
__sk_dst_get() might be called from softirq, with socket lock held.

[  159.026180] include/net/sock.h:1200 invoked rcu_dereference_check()
without protection!
[  159.026261] 
[  159.026261] other info that might help us debug this:
[  159.026263] 
[  159.026425] 
[  159.026426] rcu_scheduler_active = 1, debug_locks = 0
[  159.026552] 2 locks held by swapper/0:
[  159.026609]  #0:  (&icsk->icsk_retransmit_timer){+.-...}, at:
[<ffffffff8104fc15>] run_timer_softirq+0x105/0x350
[  159.026839]  #1:  (slock-AF_INET){+.-...}, at: [<ffffffff81392b8f>]
tcp_write_timer+0x2f/0x1e0
[  159.027063] 
[  159.027064] stack backtrace:
[  159.027172] Pid: 0, comm: swapper Not tainted
2.6.34-rc5-03707-gde498c8-dirty #36
[  159.027252] Call Trace:
[  159.027306]  <IRQ>  [<ffffffff810718ef>] lockdep_rcu_dereference
+0xaf/0xc0
[  159.027411]  [<ffffffff8138e4f7>] tcp_current_mss+0xa7/0xb0
[  159.027537]  [<ffffffff8138fa49>] tcp_write_wakeup+0x89/0x190
[  159.027600]  [<ffffffff81391936>] tcp_send_probe0+0x16/0x100
[  159.027726]  [<ffffffff81392cd9>] tcp_write_timer+0x179/0x1e0
[  159.027790]  [<ffffffff8104fca1>] run_timer_softirq+0x191/0x350
[  159.027980]  [<ffffffff810477ed>] __do_softirq+0xcd/0x200


Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-22 16:06:59 -07:00
Tom Herbert
aa2ea0586d tcp: fix outsegs stat for TSO segments
Account for TSO segments of an skb in TCP_MIB_OUTSEGS counter.  Without
doing this, the counter can be off by orders of magnitude from the
actual number of segments sent.

Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-22 16:00:00 -07:00
Johannes Berg
672724403b radiotap parser: fix endian annotation
When I updated this from the corresponding
userspace library, an annotation error crept
in -- this variable needs to be annotated as
little endian. No effect on code generation.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-04-21 14:15:19 -04:00
Eric Dumazet
aa39514516 net: sk_sleep() helper
Define a new function to return the waitqueue of a "struct sock".

static inline wait_queue_head_t *sk_sleep(struct sock *sk)
{
	return sk->sk_sleep;
}

Change all read occurrences of sk_sleep by a call to this function.

Needed for a future RCU conversion. sk_sleep wont be a field directly
available.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-20 16:37:13 -07:00
Felix Fietkau
f79d9bad37 mac80211: add flags for STBC (Space-Time Block Coding)
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-04-20 11:52:21 -04:00
Stanislaw Gruszka
80725f454e mac80211: document IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_QOS
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-04-20 11:50:52 -04:00
Holger Schurig
1289723ef2 mac80211: sample survey implementation for mac80211 & hwsim
This adds the survey function to both mac80211 itself and to mac80211_hwsim.
For the latter driver, we simply invent some noise level.A real driver which
cannot determine the real channel noise MUST NOT report any noise, especially
not a magically conjured one :-)

Signed-off-by: Holger Schurig <holgerschurig@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-04-20 11:50:52 -04:00
Daniel Yingqiang Ma
03ceedea97 ath9k: Group Key fix for VAPs
When I set up multiple VAPs with ath9k, I encountered an issue that
the traffic may be lost after a while.

The detailed phenomenon is
1. After a while the clients connected to one of these VAPs will get
into a state that no broadcast/multicast packets can be transfered
successfully while the unicast packets can be transfered normally.
2. Minutes latter the unitcast packets transfer will fail as well,
because the ARP entry is expired and it can't be freshed due to the
broadcast trouble.

It's caused by the group key overwritten and someone discussed this
issue in ath9k-devel maillist before, but haven't work out a fix yet.

I referred the method in madwifi, and made a patch for ath9k.
The method is to set the high bit of the sender(AP)'s address, and
associated that mac and the group key. It requires the hardware
supports multicast frame key search. It seems true for AR9160.

Not sure whether it's the correct way to fix this issue. But it seems
to work in my test. The patch is attached, feel free to revise it.

Signed-off-by: Daniel Yingqiang ma <yma.cool@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-04-20 11:50:51 -04:00
Patrick McHardy
6291055465 Merge branch 'master' of /repos/git/net-next-2.6
Conflicts:
	Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt
	net/ipv6/netfilter/ip6t_REJECT.c
	net/netfilter/xt_limit.c

Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
2010-04-20 16:02:01 +02:00
Daniel Halperin
93d95b12b3 mac80211: fix typo in comments
The flag is called IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU rather than using the whole word
STATUS.

Signed-off-by: Daniel Halperin <dhalperi@cs.washington.edu>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-04-19 16:41:42 -04:00
Tom Herbert
fec5e652e5 rfs: Receive Flow Steering
This patch implements receive flow steering (RFS).  RFS steers
received packets for layer 3 and 4 processing to the CPU where
the application for the corresponding flow is running.  RFS is an
extension of Receive Packet Steering (RPS).

The basic idea of RFS is that when an application calls recvmsg
(or sendmsg) the application's running CPU is stored in a hash
table that is indexed by the connection's rxhash which is stored in
the socket structure.  The rxhash is passed in skb's received on
the connection from netif_receive_skb.  For each received packet,
the associated rxhash is used to look up the CPU in the hash table,
if a valid CPU is set then the packet is steered to that CPU using
the RPS mechanisms.

The convolution of the simple approach is that it would potentially
allow OOO packets.  If threads are thrashing around CPUs or multiple
threads are trying to read from the same sockets, a quickly changing
CPU value in the hash table could cause rampant OOO packets--
we consider this a non-starter.

To avoid OOO packets, this solution implements two types of hash
tables: rps_sock_flow_table and rps_dev_flow_table.

rps_sock_table is a global hash table.  Each entry is just a CPU
number and it is populated in recvmsg and sendmsg as described above.
This table contains the "desired" CPUs for flows.

rps_dev_flow_table is specific to each device queue.  Each entry
contains a CPU and a tail queue counter.  The CPU is the "current"
CPU for a matching flow.  The tail queue counter holds the value
of a tail queue counter for the associated CPU's backlog queue at
the time of last enqueue for a flow matching the entry.

Each backlog queue has a queue head counter which is incremented
on dequeue, and so a queue tail counter is computed as queue head
count + queue length.  When a packet is enqueued on a backlog queue,
the current value of the queue tail counter is saved in the hash
entry of the rps_dev_flow_table.

And now the trick: when selecting the CPU for RPS (get_rps_cpu)
the rps_sock_flow table and the rps_dev_flow table for the RX queue
are consulted.  When the desired CPU for the flow (found in the
rps_sock_flow table) does not match the current CPU (found in the
rps_dev_flow table), the current CPU is changed to the desired CPU
if one of the following is true:

- The current CPU is unset (equal to RPS_NO_CPU)
- Current CPU is offline
- The current CPU's queue head counter >= queue tail counter in the
rps_dev_flow table.  This checks if the queue tail has advanced
beyond the last packet that was enqueued using this table entry.
This guarantees that all packets queued using this entry have been
dequeued, thus preserving in order delivery.

Making each queue have its own rps_dev_flow table has two advantages:
1) the tail queue counters will be written on each receive, so
keeping the table local to interrupting CPU s good for locality.  2)
this allows lockless access to the table-- the CPU number and queue
tail counter need to be accessed together under mutual exclusion
from netif_receive_skb, we assume that this is only called from
device napi_poll which is non-reentrant.

This patch implements RFS for TCP and connected UDP sockets.
It should be usable for other flow oriented protocols.

There are two configuration parameters for RFS.  The
"rps_flow_entries" kernel init parameter sets the number of
entries in the rps_sock_flow_table, the per rxqueue sysfs entry
"rps_flow_cnt" contains the number of entries in the rps_dev_flow
table for the rxqueue.  Both are rounded to power of two.

The obvious benefit of RFS (over just RPS) is that it achieves
CPU locality between the receive processing for a flow and the
applications processing; this can result in increased performance
(higher pps, lower latency).

The benefits of RFS are dependent on cache hierarchy, application
load, and other factors.  On simple benchmarks, we don't necessarily
see improvement and sometimes see degradation.  However, for more
complex benchmarks and for applications where cache pressure is
much higher this technique seems to perform very well.

Below are some benchmark results which show the potential benfit of
this patch.  The netperf test has 500 instances of netperf TCP_RR
test with 1 byte req. and resp.  The RPC test is an request/response
test similar in structure to netperf RR test ith 100 threads on
each host, but does more work in userspace that netperf.

e1000e on 8 core Intel
   No RFS or RPS		104K tps at 30% CPU
   No RFS (best RPS config):    290K tps at 63% CPU
   RFS				303K tps at 61% CPU

RPC test	tps	CPU%	50/90/99% usec latency	Latency StdDev
  No RFS/RPS	103K	48%	757/900/3185		4472.35
  RPS only:	174K	73%	415/993/2468		491.66
  RFS		223K	73%	379/651/1382		315.61

Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-16 16:01:27 -07:00
Luis R. Rodriguez
0a56bd0ae3 mac80211: add LDPC control flag
LDPC will be enabled through the rate control algorithm
for each buffer the the tx_info flags.

Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-04-16 15:43:48 -04:00
Shan Wei
4e15ed4d93 net: replace ipfragok with skb->local_df
As Herbert Xu said: we should be able to simply replace ipfragok
with skb->local_df. commit f88037(sctp: Drop ipfargok in sctp_xmit function)
has droped ipfragok and set local_df value properly.

The patch kills the ipfragok parameter of .queue_xmit().

Signed-off-by: Shan Wei <shanwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-15 23:36:37 -07:00
John W. Linville
5c01d56693 Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless-next-2.6 into for-davem
Conflicts:
	Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt
	drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath5k/phy.c
	drivers/net/wireless/wl12xx/wl1271_main.c
2010-04-15 16:21:34 -04:00
Bart De Schuymer
e179e6322a netfilter: bridge-netfilter: Fix MAC header handling with IP DNAT
- fix IP DNAT on vlan- or pppoe-encapsulated traffic: The functions
neigh_hh_output() or dst->neighbour->output() overwrite the complete
Ethernet header, although we only need the destination MAC address.
For encapsulated packets, they ended up overwriting the encapsulating
header. The new code copies the Ethernet source MAC address and
protocol number before calling dst->neighbour->output(). The Ethernet
source MAC and protocol number are copied back in place in
br_nf_pre_routing_finish_bridge_slow(). This also makes the IP DNAT
more transparent because in the old scheme the source MAC of the
bridge was copied into the source address in the Ethernet header. We
also let skb->protocol equal ETH_P_IP resp. ETH_P_IPV6 during the
execution of the PF_INET resp. PF_INET6 hooks.

- Speed up IP DNAT by calling neigh_hh_bridge() instead of
neigh_hh_output(): if dst->hh is available, we already know the MAC
address so we can just copy it.

Signed-off-by: Bart De Schuymer <bdschuym@pandora.be>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
2010-04-15 12:26:39 +02:00
Patrick McHardy
f0ad0860d0 ipv4: ipmr: support multiple tables
This patch adds support for multiple independant multicast routing instances,
named "tables".

Userspace multicast routing daemons can bind to a specific table instance by
issuing a setsockopt call using a new option MRT_TABLE. The table number is
stored in the raw socket data and affects all following ipmr setsockopt(),
getsockopt() and ioctl() calls. By default, a single table (RT_TABLE_DEFAULT)
is created with a default routing rule pointing to it. Newly created pimreg
devices have the table number appended ("pimregX"), with the exception of
devices created in the default table, which are named just "pimreg" for
compatibility reasons.

Packets are directed to a specific table instance using routing rules,
similar to how regular routing rules work. Currently iif, oif and mark
are supported as keys, source and destination addresses could be supported
additionally.

Example usage:

- bind pimd/xorp/... to a specific table:

uint32_t table = 123;
setsockopt(fd, IPPROTO_IP, MRT_TABLE, &table, sizeof(table));

- create routing rules directing packets to the new table:

# ip mrule add iif eth0 lookup 123
# ip mrule add oif eth0 lookup 123

Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-13 14:49:34 -07:00
Patrick McHardy
0c12295a74 ipv4: ipmr: move mroute data into seperate structure
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-13 14:49:34 -07:00
Patrick McHardy
862465f2e7 ipv4: ipmr: convert struct mfc_cache to struct list_head
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-13 14:49:33 -07:00
Patrick McHardy
e258beb22f ipv4: ipmr: move unres_queue and timer to per-namespace data
The unres_queue is currently shared between all namespaces. Following patches
will additionally allow to create multiple multicast routing tables in each
namespace. Having a single shared queue for all these users seems to excessive,
move the queue and the cleanup timer to the per-namespace data to unshare it.

As a side-effect, this fixes a bug in the seq file iteration functions: the
first entry returned is always from the current namespace, entries returned
after that may belong to any namespace.

Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-13 14:49:32 -07:00
Patrick McHardy
f74e49b561 ipv4: raw: move struct raw_sock and raw_sk() to include/net/raw.h
A following patch will use struct raw_sock to store state for ipmr,
so having the definitions in icmp.h doesn't fit very well anymore.

Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-13 14:49:31 -07:00
Patrick McHardy
d8a566beaa net: fib_rules: consolidate IPv4 and DECnet ->default_pref() functions.
Both functions are equivalent, consolidate them since a following patch
needs a third implementation for multicast routing.

Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-13 14:49:30 -07:00
Eric Dumazet
b6c6712a42 net: sk_dst_cache RCUification
With latest CONFIG_PROVE_RCU stuff, I felt more comfortable to make this
work.

sk->sk_dst_cache is currently protected by a rwlock (sk_dst_lock)

This rwlock is readlocked for a very small amount of time, and dst
entries are already freed after RCU grace period. This calls for RCU
again :)

This patch converts sk_dst_lock to a spinlock, and use RCU for readers.

__sk_dst_get() is supposed to be called with rcu_read_lock() or if
socket locked by user, so use appropriate rcu_dereference_check()
condition (rcu_read_lock_held() || sock_owned_by_user(sk))

This patch avoids two atomic ops per tx packet on UDP connected sockets,
for example, and permits sk_dst_lock to be much less dirtied.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-13 01:41:33 -07:00
Herbert Xu
bb29624614 inet: Remove unused send_check length argument
inet: Remove unused send_check length argument

This patch removes the unused length argument from the send_check
function in struct inet_connection_sock_af_ops.

Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Tested-by: Yinghai <yinghai.lu@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-11 15:29:09 -07:00
David S. Miller
871039f02f Merge branch 'master' of master.kernel.org:/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6
Conflicts:
	drivers/net/stmmac/stmmac_main.c
	drivers/net/wireless/wl12xx/wl1271_cmd.c
	drivers/net/wireless/wl12xx/wl1271_main.c
	drivers/net/wireless/wl12xx/wl1271_spi.c
	net/core/ethtool.c
	net/mac80211/scan.c
2010-04-11 14:53:53 -07:00
David S. Miller
4a1032faac Merge branch 'master' of /home/davem/src/GIT/linux-2.6/ 2010-04-11 02:44:30 -07:00
Timo Teräs
e4077e018b xfrm: Fix crashes in xfrm_lookup()
From: Timo Teräs <timo.teras@iki.fi>

Happens because CONFIG_XFRM_SUB_POLICY is not enabled, and one of
the helper functions I used did unexpected things in that case.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-08 11:27:42 -07:00
John W. Linville
0f2df9eac7 Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless-2.6 into merge
Conflicts:
	Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt
	drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath5k/phy.c
	drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/iwl-4965.c
	drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/iwl-agn.c
	drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/iwl-core.c
	drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/iwl-core.h
	drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/iwl-tx.c
2010-04-08 13:34:54 -04:00
John Hughes
f5eb917b86 x25: Patch to fix bug 15678 - x25 accesses fields beyond end of packet.
Here is a patch to stop X.25 examining fields beyond the end of the packet.

For example, when a simple CALL ACCEPTED was received:

	10 10 0f

x25_parse_facilities was attempting to decode the FACILITIES field, but this
packet contains no facilities field.

Signed-off-by: John Hughes <john@calva.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-07 21:29:25 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
d5cdfacb35 cfg80211: Add local-state-change-only auth/deauth/disassoc
cfg80211 is quite strict on allowing authentication and association
commands only in certain states. In order to meet these requirements,
user space applications may need to clear authentication or
association state in some cases. Currently, this can be done with
deauth/disassoc command, but that ends up sending out Deauthentication
or Disassociation frame unnecessarily. Add a new nl80211 attribute to
allow this sending of the frame be skipped, but with all other
deauth/disassoc operations being completed.

Similar state change is also needed for IEEE 802.11r FT protocol in
the FT-over-DS case which does not use Authentication frame exchange
in a transition to another BSS. For this to work with cfg80211, an
authentication entry needs to be created for the target BSS without
sending out an Authentication frame. The nl80211 authentication
command can be used for this purpose, too, with the new attribute to
indicate that the command is only for changing local state. This
enables wpa_supplicant to complete FT-over-DS transition successfully.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-04-07 14:37:56 -04:00
Timo Teräs
80c802f307 xfrm: cache bundles instead of policies for outgoing flows
__xfrm_lookup() is called for each packet transmitted out of
system. The xfrm_find_bundle() does a linear search which can
kill system performance depending on how many bundles are
required per policy.

This modifies __xfrm_lookup() to store bundles directly in
the flow cache. If we did not get a hit, we just create a new
bundle instead of doing slow search. This means that we can now
get multiple xfrm_dst's for same flow (on per-cpu basis).

Signed-off-by: Timo Teras <timo.teras@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-07 03:43:19 -07:00
Timo Teräs
fe1a5f031e flow: virtualize flow cache entry methods
This allows to validate the cached object before returning it.
It also allows to destruct object properly, if the last reference
was held in flow cache. This is also a prepartion for caching
bundles in the flow cache.

In return for virtualizing the methods, we save on:
- not having to regenerate the whole flow cache on policy removal:
  each flow matching a killed policy gets refreshed as the getter
  function notices it smartly.
- we do not have to call flow_cache_flush from policy gc, since the
  flow cache now properly deletes the object if it had any references

Signed-off-by: Timo Teras <timo.teras@iki.fi>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-07 03:43:18 -07:00
David S. Miller
4a35ecf8bf Merge branch 'master' of master.kernel.org:/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6
Conflicts:
	drivers/net/bonding/bond_main.c
	drivers/net/via-velocity.c
	drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/iwl-agn.c
2010-04-06 23:53:30 -07:00
Linus Torvalds
749d229761 Merge branch 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/ericvh/v9fs
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/ericvh/v9fs:
  9p: saving negative to unsigned char
  9p: return on mutex_lock_interruptible()
  9p: Creating files with names too long should fail with ENAMETOOLONG.
  9p: Make sure we are able to clunk the cached fid on umount
  9p: drop nlink remove
  fs/9p: Clunk the fid resulting from partial walk of the name
  9p: documentation update
  9p: Fix setting of protocol flags in v9fs_session_info structure.
2010-04-05 13:42:54 -07:00
Aneesh Kumar K.V
6d96d3ab7a 9p: Make sure we are able to clunk the cached fid on umount
dcache prune happen on umount. So we cannot mark the client
satus disconnect. That will prevent a 9p call to the server

Signed-off-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
2010-04-05 10:37:36 -05:00
Jiri Pirko
22bedad3ce net: convert multicast list to list_head
Converts the list and the core manipulating with it to be the same as uc_list.

+uses two functions for adding/removing mc address (normal and "global"
 variant) instead of a function parameter.
+removes dev_mcast.c completely.
+exposes netdev_hw_addr_list_* macros along with __hw_addr_* functions for
 manipulation with lists on a sandbox (used in bonding and 80211 drivers)

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-03 14:22:15 -07:00
YOSHIFUJI Hideaki / 吉藤英明
bd2c77a0a7 ipv6 fib: Make rt6_info{} more cache-line aware.
The head element of rt6_info{} is dst_entry{}, and
IPv6 specific elements follow.

Because elements at the end of dst_entry{} are frequently
updated, it is not good to put frequently-used static
elements, such as rt6i_idev, rt6i_dst or rt6i_flags in the
same cache line.

On the other hand, fib6_table, rt6i_node or rt6i_gateway are
rarely used, so it is okay to stay in the same cache line.

Let's rearrange rt6_info{}.

Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-01 18:41:41 -07:00
Eric Dumazet
5d944c640b gen_estimator: deadlock fix
One of my test machine got a deadlock during "tc" sessions,
adding/deleting classes & filters, using traffic estimators.

After some analysis, I believe we have a potential use after free case
in est_timer() :

spin_lock(e->stats_lock); << HERE >>
read_lock(&est_lock);
if (e->bstats == NULL)   << TEST >>
	goto skip;

Test is done a bit late, because after estimator is killed, and before
rcu grace period elapsed, we might already have freed/reuse memory where
e->stats_locks points to (some qdisc->q.lock)

A possible fix is to respect a rcu grace period at Qdisc dismantle time.

On 64bit, sizeof(struct Qdisc) is exactly 192 bytes. Adding 16 bytes to
it (for struct rcu_head) is a problem because it might change
performance, given QDISC_ALIGNTO is 32 bytes.

This is why I also change QDISC_ALIGNTO to 64 bytes, to satisfy most
current alignment requirements.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-01 18:38:48 -07:00
Joe Perches
f9ea3eb442 include/net/iw_handler.h: Use SIOCIWFIRST not SIOCSIWCOMMIT in comment
to match use in IW_IOCTL_IDX macro

Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-03-31 14:49:12 -04:00
Stanislaw Gruszka
e1b3ec1a2a mac80211: explicitly disable/enable QoS
Add interface to disable/enable QoS (aka WMM or WME). Currently drivers
enable it explicitly when ->conf_tx method is called, and newer disable.
Disabling is needed for some APs, which do not support QoS, such
we should send QoS frames to them.

Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-03-31 14:43:59 -04:00
Zhu Yi
e3cf8b3f7b mac80211: support paged rx SKBs
Mac80211 drivers can now pass paged SKBs to mac80211 via
ieee80211_rx{_irqsafe}. The implementation currently use
skb_linearize() in a few places i.e. management frame
handling, software decryption, defragmentation and A-MSDU
process. We will optimize them one by one later.

Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Cc: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-03-31 14:39:34 -04:00
YOSHIFUJI Hideaki / 吉藤英明
d57b8fb8a8 ipv6: Use __fls() instead of fls() in __ipv6_addr_diff().
Because we have ensured that the argument is non-zero,
it is better to use __fls() and generate better code.

Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-03-30 23:28:46 -07:00
Sjur Braendeland
2721c5b9dd net-caif: add CAIF Link layer device header files
Header files for CAIF Link layer net-device,
and link-layer registration.

Signed-off-by: Sjur Braendeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-03-30 19:08:45 -07:00
Sjur Braendeland
09009f30de net-caif: add CAIF core protocol stack header files
Add include files for the CAIF Core protocol stack.

caif_layer.h - Defines the structure of the CAIF protocol layers
cfcnfg.h     - CAIF Configuration Module for services and link layers
cfctrl.h     - CAIF Control Protocol Layer
cffrml.h     - CAIF Framing Layer
cfmuxl.h     - CAIF Muxing Layer
cfpkt.h	     - CAIF Packet layer (skb helper functions)
cfserl.h     - CAIF Serial Layer
cfsrvl.h     - CAIF Service Layer

Signed-off-by: Sjur Braendeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-03-30 19:08:45 -07:00
Tejun Heo
5a0e3ad6af include cleanup: Update gfp.h and slab.h includes to prepare for breaking implicit slab.h inclusion from percpu.h
percpu.h is included by sched.h and module.h and thus ends up being
included when building most .c files.  percpu.h includes slab.h which
in turn includes gfp.h making everything defined by the two files
universally available and complicating inclusion dependencies.

percpu.h -> slab.h dependency is about to be removed.  Prepare for
this change by updating users of gfp and slab facilities include those
headers directly instead of assuming availability.  As this conversion
needs to touch large number of source files, the following script is
used as the basis of conversion.

  http://userweb.kernel.org/~tj/misc/slabh-sweep.py

The script does the followings.

* Scan files for gfp and slab usages and update includes such that
  only the necessary includes are there.  ie. if only gfp is used,
  gfp.h, if slab is used, slab.h.

* When the script inserts a new include, it looks at the include
  blocks and try to put the new include such that its order conforms
  to its surrounding.  It's put in the include block which contains
  core kernel includes, in the same order that the rest are ordered -
  alphabetical, Christmas tree, rev-Xmas-tree or at the end if there
  doesn't seem to be any matching order.

* If the script can't find a place to put a new include (mostly
  because the file doesn't have fitting include block), it prints out
  an error message indicating which .h file needs to be added to the
  file.

The conversion was done in the following steps.

1. The initial automatic conversion of all .c files updated slightly
   over 4000 files, deleting around 700 includes and adding ~480 gfp.h
   and ~3000 slab.h inclusions.  The script emitted errors for ~400
   files.

2. Each error was manually checked.  Some didn't need the inclusion,
   some needed manual addition while adding it to implementation .h or
   embedding .c file was more appropriate for others.  This step added
   inclusions to around 150 files.

3. The script was run again and the output was compared to the edits
   from #2 to make sure no file was left behind.

4. Several build tests were done and a couple of problems were fixed.
   e.g. lib/decompress_*.c used malloc/free() wrappers around slab
   APIs requiring slab.h to be added manually.

5. The script was run on all .h files but without automatically
   editing them as sprinkling gfp.h and slab.h inclusions around .h
   files could easily lead to inclusion dependency hell.  Most gfp.h
   inclusion directives were ignored as stuff from gfp.h was usually
   wildly available and often used in preprocessor macros.  Each
   slab.h inclusion directive was examined and added manually as
   necessary.

6. percpu.h was updated not to include slab.h.

7. Build test were done on the following configurations and failures
   were fixed.  CONFIG_GCOV_KERNEL was turned off for all tests (as my
   distributed build env didn't work with gcov compiles) and a few
   more options had to be turned off depending on archs to make things
   build (like ipr on powerpc/64 which failed due to missing writeq).

   * x86 and x86_64 UP and SMP allmodconfig and a custom test config.
   * powerpc and powerpc64 SMP allmodconfig
   * sparc and sparc64 SMP allmodconfig
   * ia64 SMP allmodconfig
   * s390 SMP allmodconfig
   * alpha SMP allmodconfig
   * um on x86_64 SMP allmodconfig

8. percpu.h modifications were reverted so that it could be applied as
   a separate patch and serve as bisection point.

Given the fact that I had only a couple of failures from tests on step
6, I'm fairly confident about the coverage of this conversion patch.
If there is a breakage, it's likely to be something in one of the arch
headers which should be easily discoverable easily on most builds of
the specific arch.

Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Guess-its-ok-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com>
Cc: Lee Schermerhorn <Lee.Schermerhorn@hp.com>
2010-03-30 22:02:32 +09:00
David S. Miller
7905e357eb Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless-next-2.6 2010-03-29 13:50:10 -07:00
David S. Miller
0c0dbfecbf decnet: Remove unused FIB metric macros.
Unlike the ipv4 side, these are completely unused.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-03-27 19:23:46 -07:00
Juuso Oikarinen
a97c13c345 mac80211: Add support for connection quality monitoring
Add support for the set_cqm_config op. This op function configures the
requested connection quality monitor rssi threshold and rssi hysteresis
values to the hardware  if the hardware supports
IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CQM.

For unsupported hardware, currently -EOPNOTSUPP is returned, so the mac80211
is currently not doing connection quality monitoring on the host. This could be
added later, if needed.

Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-03-24 16:04:33 -04:00
Juuso Oikarinen
d6dc1a3863 cfg80211: Add connection quality monitoring support to nl80211
Add support for basic configuration of a connection quality monitoring to the
nl80211 interface, and basic support for notifying about triggered monitoring
events.

Via this interface a user-space connection manager may configure and receive
pre-warning events of deteriorating WLAN connection quality, and start
preparing for roaming in advance, before the connection is already lost.

An example usage of such a trigger is starting scanning for nearby AP's in
an attempt to find one with better connection quality, and associate to it
before the connection characteristics of the existing connection become too bad
or the association is even lost, leading in a prolonged delay in connectivity.

The interface currently supports only RSSI, but it could be later extended
to include other parameters, such as signal-to-noise ratio, if need for that
arises.

Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-03-24 16:02:37 -04:00
Juuso Oikarinen
1e4dcd0124 mac80211: Add support for connection monitor in hardware
This patch is based on a RFC patch by Kalle Valo.

The wl1271 has a feature which handles the connection monitor logic
in hardware, basically sending periodically nullfunc frames and reporting
to the host if AP is lost, after attempting to recover by sending
probe-requests to the AP.

Add support to mac80211 by adding a new flag IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR
which prevents conn_mon_timer from triggering during idle periods, and
prevents sending probe-requests to the AP if beacon-loss is indicated by the
hardware.

Cc: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-03-23 16:51:42 -04:00
David S. Miller
33e2bf6aa1 Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless-next-2.6
Conflicts:
	Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt
	drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath5k/phy.c
2010-03-22 18:15:15 -07:00
Eric Dumazet
ec733b15a3 net: snmp mib cleanup
There is no point to align or pad mibs to cache lines, they are per cpu
allocated with a 8 bytes alignment anyway.
This wastes space for no gain. This patch removes __SNMP_MIB_ALIGN__

Since SNMP mibs contain "unsigned long" fields only, we can relax the
allocation alignment from "unsigned long long" to "unsigned long"

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-03-21 18:34:16 -07:00
Marcel Holtmann
aef7d97cc6 Bluetooth: Convert debug files to actually use debugfs instead of sysfs
Some of the debug files ended up wrongly in sysfs, because at that point
of time, debugfs didn't exist. Convert these files to use debugfs and
also seq_file. This patch converts all of these files at once and then
removes the exported symbol for the Bluetooth sysfs class.

Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2010-03-21 05:49:35 +01:00
stephen hemminger
502a2ffd73 ipv6: convert idev_list to list macros
Convert to list macro's for the list of addresses per interface
in IPv6.

Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-03-20 15:45:09 -07:00
stephen hemminger
5c578aedcb IPv6: convert addrconf hash list to RCU
Convert from reader/writer lock to RCU and spinlock for addrconf
hash list.

Adds an additional helper macro for hlist_for_each_entry_continue_rcu
to handle the continue case.

Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-03-20 15:44:35 -07:00
stephen hemminger
c2e21293c0 ipv6: convert addrconf list to hlist
Using hash list macros, simplifies code and helps later RCU.

This patch includes some initialization that is not strictly necessary,
since an empty hlist node/list is all zero; and list is in BSS
and node is allocated with kzalloc.

Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-03-20 15:44:34 -07:00
stephen hemminger
372e6c8f1f ipv6: convert temporary address list to list macros
Use list macros instead of open coded linked list.

Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-03-20 15:44:34 -07:00
Pablo Neira Ayuso
f5d410f2ea netlink: fix unaligned access in nla_get_be64()
This patch fixes a unaligned access in nla_get_be64() that was
introduced by myself in a17c859849.

Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-03-19 22:47:23 -07:00
Linus Torvalds
ceb804cd0f Merge branch 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/ericvh/v9fs
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/ericvh/v9fs:
  9p: Skip check for mandatory locks when unlocking
  9p: Fixes a simple bug enabling writes beyond 2GB.
  9p: Change the name of new protocol from 9p2010.L to 9p2000.L
  fs/9p: re-init the wstat in readdir loop
  net/9p: Add sysfs mount_tag file for virtio 9P device
  net/9p: Use the tag name in the config space for identifying mount point
2010-03-14 11:11:08 -07:00
Linus Torvalds
d89b218b80 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (108 commits)
  bridge: ensure to unlock in error path in br_multicast_query().
  drivers/net/tulip/eeprom.c: fix bogus "(null)" in tulip init messages
  sky2: Avoid rtnl_unlock without rtnl_lock
  ipv6: Send netlink notification when DAD fails
  drivers/net/tg3.c: change the field used with the TG3_FLAG_10_100_ONLY constant
  ipconfig: Handle devices which take some time to come up.
  mac80211: Fix memory leak in ieee80211_if_write()
  mac80211: Fix (dynamic) power save entry
  ipw2200: use kmalloc for large local variables
  ath5k: read eeprom IQ calibration values correctly for G mode
  ath5k: fix I/Q calibration (for real)
  ath5k: fix TSF reset
  ath5k: use fixed antenna for tx descriptors
  libipw: split ieee->networks into small pieces
  mac80211: Fix sta_mtx unlocking on insert STA failure path
  rt2x00: remove KSEG1ADDR define from rt2x00soc.h
  net: add ColdFire support to the smc91x driver
  asix: fix setting mac address for AX88772
  ipv6 ip6_tunnel: eliminate unused recursion field from ip6_tnl{}.
  net: Fix dev_mc_add()
  ...
2010-03-13 14:50:18 -08:00
Sripathi Kodi
45bc21edb5 9p: Change the name of new protocol from 9p2010.L to 9p2000.L
This patch changes the name of the new 9P protocol from 9p2010.L to
9p2000.u. This is because we learnt that the name 9p2010 is already
being used by others.

Signed-off-by: Sripathi Kodi <sripathik@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
2010-03-13 08:57:29 -06:00
Linus Torvalds
c32da02342 Merge branch 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jikos/trivial
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jikos/trivial: (56 commits)
  doc: fix typo in comment explaining rb_tree usage
  Remove fs/ntfs/ChangeLog
  doc: fix console doc typo
  doc: cpuset: Update the cpuset flag file
  Fix of spelling in arch/sparc/kernel/leon_kernel.c no longer needed
  Remove drivers/parport/ChangeLog
  Remove drivers/char/ChangeLog
  doc: typo - Table 1-2 should refer to "status", not "statm"
  tree-wide: fix typos "ass?o[sc]iac?te" -> "associate" in comments
  No need to patch AMD-provided drivers/gpu/drm/radeon/atombios.h
  devres/irq: Fix devm_irq_match comment
  Remove reference to kthread_create_on_cpu
  tree-wide: Assorted spelling fixes
  tree-wide: fix 'lenght' typo in comments and code
  drm/kms: fix spelling in error message
  doc: capitalization and other minor fixes in pnp doc
  devres: typo fix s/dev/devm/
  Remove redundant trailing semicolons from macros
  fix typo "definetly" -> "definitely" in comment
  tree-wide: s/widht/width/g typo in comments
  ...

Fix trivial conflict in Documentation/laptops/00-INDEX
2010-03-12 16:04:50 -08:00
Alexey Dobriyan
8467005da3 nsproxy: remove INIT_NSPROXY()
Remove INIT_NSPROXY(), use C99 initializer.
Remove INIT_IPC_NS(), INIT_NET_NS() while I'm at it.

Note: headers trim will be done later, now it's quite pointless because
results will be invalidated by merge window.

Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serue@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2010-03-12 15:52:40 -08:00
YOSHIFUJI Hideaki / 吉藤英明
2b4c32972b ipv6 ip6_tunnel: eliminate unused recursion field from ip6_tnl{}.
Commit a43912ab19... ("tunnel: eliminate recursion field") eliminated
use of recursion field from tunnel structures, but its definition
still exists in ip6_tnl{}.

Let's remove that unused field.

Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-03-10 07:32:29 -08:00
Johannes Berg
62bb2ac5cb mac80211: deprecate RX status noise
The noise value as is won't be used, isn't
filled by most drivers and doesn't really
make a whole lot of sense on a per packet
basis -- proper cfg80211 survey support in
mac80211 will need to be different.

Mark the struct member as deprecated so it
will be removed from drivers.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-03-09 15:02:53 -05:00
Zhu Yi
4045635318 net: add __must_check to sk_add_backlog
Add the "__must_check" tag to sk_add_backlog() so that any failure to
check and drop packets will be warned about.

Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-03-08 10:45:26 -08:00
Jiri Kosina
318ae2edc3 Merge branch 'for-next' into for-linus
Conflicts:
	Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt
	arch/arm/mach-u300/include/mach/debug-macro.S
	drivers/net/qlge/qlge_ethtool.c
	drivers/net/qlge/qlge_main.c
	drivers/net/typhoon.c
2010-03-08 16:55:37 +01:00
YOSHIFUJI Hideaki / 吉藤英明
0c9a2ac1f8 ipv6: Optmize translation between IPV6_PREFER_SRC_xxx and RT6_LOOKUP_F_xxx.
IPV6_PREFER_SRC_xxx definitions:
| #define IPV6_PREFER_SRC_TMP             0x0001
| #define IPV6_PREFER_SRC_PUBLIC          0x0002
| #define IPV6_PREFER_SRC_COA             0x0004

RT6_LOOKUP_F_xxx definitions:
| #define RT6_LOOKUP_F_SRCPREF_TMP        0x00000008
| #define RT6_LOOKUP_F_SRCPREF_PUBLIC     0x00000010
| #define RT6_LOOKUP_F_SRCPREF_COA        0x00000020

So, we can translate between these two groups by shift operation
instead of multiple 'if's.

Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-03-07 15:25:53 -08:00
Zhu Yi
a3a858ff18 net: backlog functions rename
sk_add_backlog -> __sk_add_backlog
sk_add_backlog_limited -> sk_add_backlog

Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-03-05 13:34:03 -08:00
Zhu Yi
8eae939f14 net: add limit for socket backlog
We got system OOM while running some UDP netperf testing on the loopback
device. The case is multiple senders sent stream UDP packets to a single
receiver via loopback on local host. Of course, the receiver is not able
to handle all the packets in time. But we surprisingly found that these
packets were not discarded due to the receiver's sk->sk_rcvbuf limit.
Instead, they are kept queuing to sk->sk_backlog and finally ate up all
the memory. We believe this is a secure hole that a none privileged user
can crash the system.

The root cause for this problem is, when the receiver is doing
__release_sock() (i.e. after userspace recv, kernel udp_recvmsg ->
skb_free_datagram_locked -> release_sock), it moves skbs from backlog to
sk_receive_queue with the softirq enabled. In the above case, multiple
busy senders will almost make it an endless loop. The skbs in the
backlog end up eat all the system memory.

The issue is not only for UDP. Any protocols using socket backlog is
potentially affected. The patch adds limit for socket backlog so that
the backlog size cannot be expanded endlessly.

Reported-by: Alex Shi <alex.shi@intel.com>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@ghostprotocols.net>
Cc: Alexey Kuznetsov <kuznet@ms2.inr.ac.ru
Cc: "Pekka Savola (ipv6)" <pekkas@netcore.fi>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Cc: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Cc: Sridhar Samudrala <sri@us.ibm.com>
Cc: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Cc: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Cc: Andrew Hendry <andrew.hendry@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-03-05 13:33:59 -08:00
Sripathi Kodi
342fee1d5c 9P2010.L handshake: Remove "dotu" variable
Removes 'dotu' variable and make everything dependent
on 'proto_version' field.

Signed-off-by: Sripathi Kodi <sripathik@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
2010-03-05 15:04:42 -06:00
Sripathi Kodi
0fb80abd91 9P2010.L handshake: Add mount option
Add new mount V9FS mount option to specify protocol version

This patch adds a new mount option to specify protocol version.
With this option it is possible to use "-o version=" switch to
specify 9P protocol version to use. Valid options for version
are:
9p2000
9p2000.u
9p2010.L

Signed-off-by: Sripathi Kodi <sripathik@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
2010-03-05 15:04:42 -06:00
Mike Galbraith
c839d30a41 net: add scheduler sync hint to tcp_prequeue().
Decreases the odds wakee will suffer from frequent cache misses.

Signed-off-by: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-03-04 00:53:51 -08:00
David S. Miller
e5c1a0aa00 Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless-next-2.6 2010-03-03 22:42:54 -08:00
Sujith
4fa0043731 mac80211: Fix HT rate control configuration
Handling HT configuration changes involved setting the channel
with the new HT parameters and then issuing a rate_update()
notification to the driver.

This behavior changed after the off-channel changes. Now, the channel
is not updated with the new HT params in enable_ht() - instead, it
is now done when the scan work terminates. This results in the driver
depending on stale information, defaulting to non-HT mode always.

Fix this by passing the new channel type to the driver.

Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-03-03 15:39:21 -05:00
Herbert Xu
87c1e12b5e ipsec: Fix bogus bundle flowi
When I merged the bundle creation code, I introduced a bogus
flowi value in the bundle.  Instead of getting from the caller,
it was instead set to the flow in the route object, which is
totally different.

The end result is that the bundles we created never match, and
we instead end up with an ever growing bundle list.

Thanks to Jamal for find this problem.

Reported-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Acked-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-03-03 01:04:37 -08:00
David S. Miller
47871889c6 Merge branch 'master' of /home/davem/src/GIT/linux-2.6/
Conflicts:
	drivers/firmware/iscsi_ibft.c
2010-02-28 19:23:06 -08:00
David S. Miller
46976c042b Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/holtmann/bluetooth-next-2.6 2010-02-28 00:57:28 -08:00
Marcel Holtmann
943da25d95 Bluetooth: Add controller types for BR/EDR and 802.11 AMP
With the Bluetooth 3.0 specification and the introduction of alternate
MAC/PHY (AMP) support, it is required to differentiate between primary
BR/EDR controllers and 802.11 AMP controllers. So introduce a special
type inside HCI device for differentiation.

For now all AMP controllers will be treated as raw devices until an
AMP manager has been implemented.

Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2010-02-27 14:05:38 +01:00
Marcel Holtmann
ca325f6989 Bluetooth: Convert inquiry cache to use debugfs instead of sysfs
The output of the inquiry cache is only useful for debugging purposes
and so move it into debugfs.

Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2010-02-27 14:05:38 +01:00
Marcel Holtmann
c13854cef4 Bluetooth: Convert controller hdev->type to hdev->bus
The hdev->type is misnamed and should be actually hdev->bus instead. So
convert it now.

Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2010-02-27 14:05:38 +01:00
Patrick McHardy
3729d50212 rtnetlink: support specifying device flags on device creation
commit e8469ed959c373c2ff9e6f488aa5a14971aebe1f
Author: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Date:   Tue Feb 23 20:41:30 2010 +0100

Support specifying the initial device flags when creating a device though
rtnl_link. Devices allocated by rtnl_create_link() are marked as INITIALIZING
in order to surpress netlink registration notifications. To complete setup,
rtnl_configure_link() must be called, which performs the device flag changes
and invokes the deferred notifiers if everything went well.

Two examples:

# add macvlan to eth0
#
$ ip link add link eth0 up allmulticast on type macvlan

[LINK]11: macvlan0@eth0: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,ALLMULTI,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue state UNKNOWN
    link/ether 26:f8:84:02:f9:2a brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff
[ROUTE]ff00::/8 dev macvlan0  table local  metric 256  mtu 1500 advmss 1440 hoplimit 0
[ROUTE]fe80::/64 dev macvlan0  proto kernel  metric 256  mtu 1500 advmss 1440 hoplimit 0
[LINK]11: macvlan0@eth0: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,ALLMULTI,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500
    link/ether 26:f8:84:02:f9:2a
[ADDR]11: macvlan0    inet6 fe80::24f8:84ff:fe02:f92a/64 scope link
       valid_lft forever preferred_lft forever
[ROUTE]local fe80::24f8:84ff:fe02:f92a via :: dev lo  table local  proto none  metric 0  mtu 16436 advmss 16376 hoplimit 0
[ROUTE]default via fe80::215:e9ff:fef0:10f8 dev macvlan0  proto kernel  metric 1024  mtu 1500 advmss 1440 hoplimit 0
[NEIGH]fe80::215:e9ff:fef0:10f8 dev macvlan0 lladdr 00:15:e9:f0:10:f8 router STALE
[ROUTE]2001:6f8:974::/64 dev macvlan0  proto kernel  metric 256  expires 0sec mtu 1500 advmss 1440 hoplimit 0
[PREFIX]prefix 2001:6f8:974::/64 dev macvlan0 onlink autoconf valid 14400 preferred 131084
[ADDR]11: macvlan0    inet6 2001:6f8:974:0:24f8:84ff:fe02:f92a/64 scope global dynamic
       valid_lft 86399sec preferred_lft 14399sec

# add VLAN to eth1, eth1 is down
#
$ ip link add link eth1 up type vlan id 1000
RTNETLINK answers: Network is down

<no events>

Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-02-27 02:43:40 -08:00
Ulrich Weber
45bb006090 ipv6: Remove IPV6_ADDR_RESERVED
RFC 4291 section 2.4 states that all uncategorized addresses
should be considered as Global Unicast.

This will remove IPV6_ADDR_RESERVED completely
and return IPV6_ADDR_UNICAST in ipv6_addr_type() instead.

Signed-off-by: Ulrich Weber <uweber@astaro.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-02-26 03:59:07 -08:00
David S. Miller
19bc291c99 Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless-next-2.6
Conflicts:
	drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/iwl-core.h
	drivers/net/wireless/rt2x00/rt2800pci.c
2010-02-25 23:26:21 -08:00
Paul E. McKenney
a898def29e net: Add checking to rcu_dereference() primitives
Update rcu_dereference() primitives to use new lockdep-based
checking. The rcu_dereference() in __in6_dev_get() may be
protected either by rcu_read_lock() or RTNL, per Eric Dumazet.
The rcu_dereference() in __sk_free() is protected by the fact
that it is never reached if an update could change it.  Check
for this by using rcu_dereference_check() to verify that the
struct sock's ->sk_wmem_alloc counter is zero.

Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: laijs@cn.fujitsu.com
Cc: dipankar@in.ibm.com
Cc: mathieu.desnoyers@polymtl.ca
Cc: josh@joshtriplett.org
Cc: dvhltc@us.ibm.com
Cc: niv@us.ibm.com
Cc: peterz@infradead.org
Cc: rostedt@goodmis.org
Cc: Valdis.Kletnieks@vt.edu
Cc: dhowells@redhat.com
LKML-Reference: <1266887105-1528-5-git-send-email-paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
2010-02-25 09:41:03 +01:00
Jamal Hadi Salim
8ca2e93b55 xfrm: SP lookups signature with mark
pass mark to all SP lookups to prepare them for when we add code
to have them search.

Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-02-22 16:21:12 -08:00
Jamal Hadi Salim
bd55775c8d xfrm: SA lookups signature with mark
pass mark to all SA lookups to prepare them for when we add code
to have them search.

Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-02-22 16:20:22 -08:00
Jamal Hadi Salim
bf825f81b4 xfrm: introduce basic mark infrastructure
Add basic structuring and accessors for xfrm mark

Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-02-22 16:19:45 -08:00
stephen hemminger
808f5114a9 packet: convert socket list to RCU (v3)
Convert AF_PACKET to use RCU, eliminating one more reader/writer lock.

There is no need for a real sk_del_node_init_rcu(), because sk_del_node_init
is doing the equivalent thing to hlst_del_init_rcu already; but added
some comments to try and make that obvious.

Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-02-22 15:45:56 -08:00
Kalle Valo
ffb9eb3d8b nl80211: add power save commands
The most needed command from nl80211, which Wireless Extensions had,
is support for power save mode. Add a simple command to make it possible
to enable and disable power save via nl80211.

I was also planning about extending the interface, for example adding the
timeout value, but after thinking more about this I decided not to do it.
Basically there were three reasons:

Firstly, the parameters for power save are very much hardware dependent.
Trying to find a unified interface which would work with all hardware, and
still make sense to users, will be very difficult.

Secondly, IEEE 802.11 power save implementation in Linux is still in state
of flux. We have a long way to still to go and there is no way to predict
what kind of implementation we will have after few years. And because we
need to support nl80211 interface a long time, practically forever, adding
now parameters to nl80211 might create maintenance problems later on.

Third issue are the users. Power save parameters are mostly used for
debugging, so debugfs is better, more flexible, interface for this.
For example, wpa_supplicant currently doesn't configure anything related
to power save mode. It's better to strive that kernel can automatically
optimise the power save parameters, like with help of pm qos network
and other traffic parameters.

Later on, when we have better understanding of power save, we can extend
this command with more features, if there's a need for that.

Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-02-19 15:52:40 -05:00
Andreas Petlund
7e38017557 net: TCP thin dupack
This patch enables fast retransmissions after one dupACK for
TCP if the stream is identified as thin. This will reduce
latencies for thin streams that are not able to trigger fast
retransmissions due to high packet interarrival time. This
mechanism is only active if enabled by iocontrol or syscontrol
and the stream is identified as thin.

Signed-off-by: Andreas Petlund <apetlund@simula.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-02-18 15:43:09 -08:00
Andreas Petlund
36e31b0af5 net: TCP thin linear timeouts
This patch will make TCP use only linear timeouts if the
stream is thin. This will help to avoid the very high latencies
that thin stream suffer because of exponential backoff. This
mechanism is only active if enabled by iocontrol or syscontrol
and the stream is identified as thin. A maximum of 6 linear
timeouts is tried before exponential backoff is resumed.

Signed-off-by: Andreas Petlund <apetlund@simula.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-02-18 15:43:08 -08:00
Andreas Petlund
5aa4b32fc8 net: TCP thin-stream detection
Inline function to dynamically detect thin streams based on
the number of packets in flight. Used to dynamically trigger
thin-stream mechanisms if enabled by ioctl or sysctl.

Signed-off-by: Andreas Petlund <apetlund@simula.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-02-18 15:43:07 -08:00
Alexey Dobriyan
b54452b07a const: struct nla_policy
Make remaining netlink policies as const.
Fixup coding style where needed.

Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-02-18 14:30:18 -08:00
Alexey Dobriyan
bbef49daca ipv6: use standard lists for FIB walks
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-02-18 14:30:17 -08:00
Patrick McHardy
37ee3d5b3e netfilter: nf_defrag_ipv4: fix compilation error with NF_CONNTRACK=n
As reported by Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>, compilation
of nf_defrag_ipv4 fails with:

include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack.h:94: error: field 'ct_general' has incomplete type
include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack.h:178: error: 'const struct sk_buff' has no member named 'nfct'
include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack.h:185: error: implicit declaration of function 'nf_conntrack_put'
include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack.h:294: error: 'const struct sk_buff' has no member named 'nfct'
net/ipv4/netfilter/nf_defrag_ipv4.c:45: error: 'struct sk_buff' has no member named 'nfct'
net/ipv4/netfilter/nf_defrag_ipv4.c:46: error: 'struct sk_buff' has no member named 'nfct'

net/nf_conntrack.h must not be included with NF_CONNTRACK=n, add a
few #ifdefs. Long term the header file should be fixed to be usable
even with NF_CONNTRACK=n.

Tested-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
2010-02-18 19:04:44 +01:00
Venkata Mohan Reddy
2906f66a56 ipvs: SCTP Trasport Loadbalancing Support
Enhance IPVS to load balance SCTP transport protocol packets. This is done
based on the SCTP rfc 4960. All possible control chunks have been taken
care. The state machine used in this code looks some what lengthy. I tried
to make the state machine easy to understand.

Signed-off-by: Venkata Mohan Reddy Koppula <mohanreddykv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
2010-02-18 12:31:05 +01:00
Stephen Hemminger
6457d26bd4 IPv6: convert mc_lock to spinlock
Only used for writing, so convert to spinlock

Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-02-17 18:48:44 -08:00
Joe Perches
9874c41cd5 ipv6.h: reassembly: replace calculated magic number with multiplication
On Tue, 2010-02-16 at 16:47 +0100, Patrick McHardy wrote:
> Joe Perches wrote:
> >> @@ -246,6 +246,8 @@ extern int ipv6_opt_accepted(struct sock *sk, struct sk_buff *skb);
> >>  int ip6_frag_nqueues(struct net *net);
> >>  int ip6_frag_mem(struct net *net);
> >>
> >> +#define IPV6_FRAG_HIGH_THRESH	262144		/* == 256*1024 */
> >> +#define IPV6_FRAG_LOW_THRESH	196608		/* == 192*1024 */
> >>  #define IPV6_FRAG_TIMEOUT	(60*HZ)		/* 60 seconds */
> >
> > 196608 isn't a number I want to remember.
> > Is this better as:
> >
> > #define IPV6_FRAG_HIGH_THRESH	(256 * 1024)	/* 262144 */
> > #define IPV6_FRAG_LOW_THRESH	(192 * 1024)	/* 196608 */
>
> Please send a patch, I'll apply it once these patches are in Dave's
> tree.

Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-02-17 00:03:28 -08:00
Tejun Heo
7d720c3e4f percpu: add __percpu sparse annotations to net
Add __percpu sparse annotations to net.

These annotations are to make sparse consider percpu variables to be
in a different address space and warn if accessed without going
through percpu accessors.  This patch doesn't affect normal builds.

The macro and type tricks around snmp stats make things a bit
interesting.  DEFINE/DECLARE_SNMP_STAT() macros mark the target field
as __percpu and SNMP_UPD_PO_STATS() macro is updated accordingly.  All
snmp_mib_*() users which used to cast the argument to (void **) are
updated to cast it to (void __percpu **).

Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Cc: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@ghostprotocols.net>
Cc: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-02-16 23:05:38 -08:00
Eric W. Biederman
54716e3beb net neigh: Decouple per interface neighbour table controls from binary sysctls
Stop computing the number of neighbour table settings we have by
counting the number of binary sysctls.  This behaviour was silly
and meant that we could not add another neighbour table setting
without also adding another binary sysctl.

Don't pass the binary sysctl path for neighour table entries
into neigh_sysctl_register.  These parameters are no longer
used and so are just dead code.

Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-02-16 15:55:18 -08:00
David S. Miller
749f621e20 Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kaber/nf-next-2.6 2010-02-16 11:15:13 -08:00
Jouni Malinen
026331c4d9 cfg80211/mac80211: allow registering for and sending action frames
This implements a new command to register for action frames
that userspace wants to handle instead of the in-kernel
rejection. It is then responsible for rejecting ones that
it decided not to handle. There is no unregistration, but
the socket can be closed for that.

Frames that are not registered for will not be forwarded
to userspace and will be rejected by the kernel, the
cfg80211 API helps implementing that.

Additionally, this patch adds a new command that allows
doing action frame transmission from userspace. It can be
used either to exchange action frames on the current
operational channel (e.g., with the AP with which we are
currently associated) or to exchange off-channel Public
Action frames with the remain-on-channel command.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-02-15 16:14:15 -05:00
Patrick McHardy
5d0aa2ccd4 netfilter: nf_conntrack: add support for "conntrack zones"
Normally, each connection needs a unique identity. Conntrack zones allow
to specify a numerical zone using the CT target, connections in different
zones can use the same identity.

Example:

iptables -t raw -A PREROUTING -i veth0 -j CT --zone 1
iptables -t raw -A OUTPUT -o veth1 -j CT --zone 1

Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
2010-02-15 18:13:33 +01:00
Patrick McHardy
8fea97ec17 netfilter: nf_conntrack: pass template to l4proto ->error() handler
The error handlers might need the template to get the conntrack zone
introduced in the next patches to perform a conntrack lookup.

Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
2010-02-15 17:45:08 +01:00
Uwe Kleine-König
dfff0615d2 tree-wide: fix typos "ass?o[sc]iac?te" -> "associate" in comments
Signed-off-by: Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
2010-02-15 15:38:10 +01:00
Ben Hutchings
1a5778aa00 net: Fix first line of kernel-doc for a few functions
The function name must be followed by a space, hypen, space, and a
short description.

Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-02-14 22:35:47 -08:00
David S. Miller
f6f223039c Merge branch 'master' of ssh://master.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless-next-2.6 2010-02-14 17:45:59 -08:00
jamal
a63374631e xfrm: use proper kernel types
kernel side should use uxx instead of __uxx types

Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-02-12 13:27:48 -08:00
Patrick McHardy
2bec5a369e ipv6: fib: fix crash when changing large fib while dumping it
When the fib size exceeds what can be dumped in a single skb, the
dump is suspended and resumed once the last skb has been received
by userspace. When the fib is changed while the dump is suspended,
the walker might contain stale pointers, causing a crash when the
dump is resumed.

BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at 0000000000000018
IP: [<ffffffffa01bce04>] fib6_walk_continue+0xbb/0x124 [ipv6]
PGD 5347a067 PUD 65c7067 PMD 0
Oops: 0000 [#1] PREEMPT SMP
...
RIP: 0010:[<ffffffffa01bce04>]
[<ffffffffa01bce04>] fib6_walk_continue+0xbb/0x124 [ipv6]
...
Call Trace:
 [<ffffffff8104aca3>] ? mutex_spin_on_owner+0x59/0x71
 [<ffffffffa01bd105>] inet6_dump_fib+0x11b/0x1b9 [ipv6]
 [<ffffffff81371af4>] netlink_dump+0x5b/0x19e
 [<ffffffff8134f288>] ? consume_skb+0x28/0x2a
 [<ffffffff81373b69>] netlink_recvmsg+0x1ab/0x2c6
 [<ffffffff81372781>] ? netlink_unicast+0xfa/0x151
 [<ffffffff813483e0>] __sock_recvmsg+0x6d/0x79
 [<ffffffff81348a53>] sock_recvmsg+0xca/0xe3
 [<ffffffff81066d4b>] ? autoremove_wake_function+0x0/0x38
 [<ffffffff811ed1f8>] ? radix_tree_lookup_slot+0xe/0x10
 [<ffffffff810b3ed7>] ? find_get_page+0x90/0xa5
 [<ffffffff810b5dc5>] ? filemap_fault+0x201/0x34f
 [<ffffffff810ef152>] ? fget_light+0x2f/0xac
 [<ffffffff813519e7>] ? verify_iovec+0x4f/0x94
 [<ffffffff81349a65>] sys_recvmsg+0x14d/0x223

Store the serial number when beginning to walk the fib and reload
pointers when continuing to walk after a change occured. Similar
to other dumping functions, this might cause unrelated entries to
be missed when entries are deleted.

Tested-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-02-12 12:06:35 -08:00
Alexey Dobriyan
857b409a48 netfilter: nf_conntrack: elegantly simplify nf_ct_exp_net()
Remove #ifdef at nf_ct_exp_net() by using nf_ct_net().

Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
2010-02-12 06:24:46 +01:00
Patrick McHardy
9d288dffe3 netfilter: nf_conntrack_sip: add T.38 FAX support
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
2010-02-11 12:30:21 +01:00
Patrick McHardy
010c0b9f34 netfilter: nf_nat: support mangling a single TCP packet multiple times
nf_nat_mangle_tcp_packet() can currently only handle a single mangling
per window because it only maintains two sequence adjustment positions:
the one before the last adjustment and the one after.

This patch makes sequence number adjustment tracking in
nf_nat_mangle_tcp_packet() optional and allows a helper to manually
update the offsets after the packet has been fully handled.

Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
2010-02-11 12:27:09 +01:00
Patrick McHardy
b87921bdf2 netfilter: nf_conntrack: show helper and class in /proc/net/nf_conntrack_expect
Make the output a bit more informative by showing the helper an expectation
belongs to and the expectation class.

Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
2010-02-11 12:22:48 +01:00
Li Zefan
c4146644a5 net: add a wrapper sk_entry()
Signed-off-by: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-02-10 11:12:07 -08:00
Patrick McHardy
9ab99d5a43 Merge branch 'master' of /repos/git/net-next-2.6
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
2010-02-10 14:17:10 +01:00
David S. Miller
b1109bf085 Merge branch 'master' of master.kernel.org:/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6 2010-02-09 11:44:44 -08:00
Vivek Natarajan
375177bf35 mac80211: Retry null data frame for power save.
Even if the null data frame is not acked by the AP, mac80211
goes into power save. This might lead to loss of frames
from the AP.
Prevent this by restarting dynamic_ps_timer when ack is not
received for null data frames.

Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Vivek Natarajan <vnatarajan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-02-09 14:10:05 -05:00